N-2 1 n2.htm N-2 n2.htm
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 24, 2009
 
Securities Act File No. 333-      
Investment Company Act File No. 811-22316     


United States
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM N-2 

x  Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933
 o  Pre-Effective Amendment No. 
o   Post-Effective Amendment No.   
and/or
x   Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940
 o  Amendment No.
 
BLACKROCK LEGACY SECURITIES PUBLIC-PRIVATE TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter) 

100 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
(800) 882-0052
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
 
Donald Burke, President
BlackRock Legacy Securities Public-Private Trust
40 East 52nd Street
New York, New York 10022
(Name and Address of Agent for Service) 

Copies to:
Michael K. Hoffman, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
Title of Securities Being Registered
Amount Being
Registered
Proposed Maximum
Offering Price per Unit
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price
Amount of
Registration Fee
Common Shares, $.001 par value
66,667 shares
$15.00
$1,000,005(1)
$55.80
 
(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
 

 
The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that the Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


 
 
 

 

 
Subject to Completion Dated July 24, 2009
 
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
 
 
                     Shares
BlackRock Legacy Securities Public-Private Trust
Common Shares
$        per Share

Investment Objective.  BlackRock Legacy Securities Public-Private Trust (the "Trust") is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. The Trust's investment objective is to generate attractive returns for shareholders through long-term opportunistic investments in assets eligible for purchase ("Eligible Assets") under the Public-Private Investment Program (the "PPIP") for legacy securities established by the United States Department of the Treasury (the "Treasury").  There can be no assurance that the Trust will achieve its investment objective.
 
Investment Policies.  The Trust will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing approximately       % of the net proceeds from this offering in BlackRock         , L.P. (the "PPIF"), a public-private investment fund formed to take advantage of the PPIP.  The PPIF has the same investment objective as the Trust.  The Trust will invest approximately      % of the net proceeds from this offering directly in Eligible Assets and in temporary investments permitted under the PPIP.
 
The Offering.  The Trust is offering up to     of its common shares at a price of $       per share.
(continued on next page)
 
Investing in the Trust's common shares involves certain risks that are described in the "Risks" section beginning on page 23 of this prospectus.
 

 
Per Share
 
Total
Public offering price
$
 
$
Sales load(1)
$
 
$
Proceeds, after expenses, to the Trust(2) (3)
$
 
$
 

(1)
The common shares will be sold at net asset value plus an initial sales charge. The sales charge will be imposed by the party responsible for selling the common shares to an investor. Investors who purchase at least $10,000,000 of common shares will be eligible for a reduced sales charge. See "Underwriting." The initial sales charge may not exceed        % of the offering price. The Trust has agreed to pay the underwriters $         per common share as a partial reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with the offering. BlackRock Advisors, LLC ("BAL") may pay commissions to employees of its affiliates that participate in the marketing of the Trust's common shares. See "Underwriting."
(2)
The Trust will pay offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load) up to an aggregate of $        per common share sold in this offering, which includes the $           per common share partial reimbursement of expenses to the underwriters and may include a reimbursement of BAL's expenses incurred in connection with this offering. BAL has agreed to pay such offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load, and not including the Trust's or its pro rata share of the PPIF's organizational costs) to the extent that offering expenses (other than the sales load) plus organizational costs of the Trust and its pro rata share of the PPIF's exceed $        per common share. The aggregate offering expenses (other than the sales load) are estimated to be $                 or $              per common share. The aggregate offering expenses (other than the sales load) to be incurred by the Trust are estimated to be $             or $              per common share. The aggregate offering expenses (other than the sales load) to be incurred by BAL on behalf of the Trust are estimated to be $                or $              per common share.
(3)
The Trust will pay its and its pro rata share of the PPIF's organizational costs in full out of its seed capital prior to completion of this offering.
 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The Treasury has not participated in the preparation of this prospectus or made any representation regarding, and expressly disclaims any liability or responsibility to any investor in the Trust for, the accuracy, completeness or correctness of any of the materials contained herein. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Treasury does not approve or disapprove of any tax disclosure or advice set forth herein.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares to purchasers on or about                        , 2009.
 

 

 
The date of this prospectus is                        , 2009.
 
 
 

 
 
(continued from previous page)
 
Leverage.  The PPIF will borrow money from the Treasury for investment and portfolio management purposes in an amount up to 33 1/3% of the value of the PPIF's total assets immediately after giving effect to the borrowing.  This practice is known as leverage.  The Trust may borrow money in an amount up to 5% of its total assets as a temporary measure for purposes of making distributions to shareholders in order to maintain its favorable tax status as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  The Trust will not borrow money for investment purposes.
 
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisors.  The Trust's investment advisor is BAL and the Trust's sub-advisors are BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. ("BFM") and                        .  The PPIF's general partner is BlackRock                      , LLC (the "General Partner"), its investment advisor is BFM and its sub-advisor is                                               .
 
Limited Term.  It is anticipated that the Trust will terminate shortly after the termination of the PPIF, which will terminate on or before                          .  The PPIF's termination date can be extended for up to two consecutive one-year periods at the discretion of the General Partner, subject to approval by the Treasury.  The Trust's investment objective and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors that purchase shares in this offering their initial investment on the termination date, and such initial investors and any investors that purchase common shares after the completion of this offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination.
 
No Prior History.  Because the Trust is newly organized, its shares have no history of public trading and there has been no public market for the common shares of the Trust.  The Trust intends to apply for listing on the New York Stock Exchange so that trading on such exchange will begin approximately           from the date of this prospectus.  The Trust's ability to list its common shares on the New York Stock Exchange is subject to meeting the standards for listing of such exchange, which the Trust expects it will meet (although no assurance can be given in this regard).  Prior to the expected commencement of trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the underwriters do not intend to make a market in the Trust's common shares.  Consequently, it is anticipated that, prior to the commencement of trading on an exchange, an investment in the Trust will be illiquid and shareholders may not be able to sell their shares as it is unlikely that a secondary market for the common shares will develop.  If a secondary market does develop prior to the commencement of trading on an exchange, shareholders may be able to sell their common shares only at substantial discounts from net asset value.  The proposed symbol for common shares listed on the New York Stock Exchange is "     ."  Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. The risk of loss due to this discount may be greater for initial investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period after they begin trading on the New York Stock Exchange.
 
You should read this prospectus, which concisely sets forth information about the Trust, before deciding whether to invest in the common shares, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated                        , 2009, containing additional information about the Trust, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and, as amended from time to time, is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this prospectus. You can review the table of contents for the Statement of Additional Information on page 63 of this prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information by calling (800) 882-0052 or by writing to the Trust, or obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Trust) from the Securities and Exchange Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call (202) 551-8090 for information. The Securities and Exchange Commission charges a fee for copies. You can get the same information free from the Securities and Exchange Commission's website (http://www.sec.gov). You may also e-mail requests for these documents to publicinfo@sec.gov or make a request in writing to the Securities and Exchange Commission's Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. The Trust does not post a copy of the Statement of Additional Information on its website because the Trust's common shares are not continuously offered, which means the Statement of Additional Information will not be updated after completion of this offering and the information contained in the Statement of Additional Information will become outdated. The Trust's annual and semi-annual reports, when produced, will be available at the Trust's website (http://www.blackrock.com) free of charge.
 
You should not construe the contents of this prospectus as legal, tax or financial advice. You should consult with your own professional advisors as to the legal, tax, financial or other matters relevant to the suitability of an investment in the Trust.
 
The Trust's common shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other government agency.
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
1
SUMMARY OF TRUST EXPENSES
13
THE TRUST
14
USE OF PROCEEDS
14
THE PUBLIC-PRIVATE INVESTMENT PROGRAM
15
THE FUNDS' INVESTMENTS
16
LEVERAGE
20
RISKS
23
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS
42
NET ASSET VALUE
50
DISTRIBUTIONS
51
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
52
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
53
CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
54
CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE
57
TAX MATTERS
57
UNDERWRITING
59
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
61
LEGAL OPINIONS
61
PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE TRUST
61
OTHER INFORMATION
61
TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
63


 
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date.
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This is only a summary of certain information contained in this prospectus relating to BlackRock Legacy Securities Public-Private Trust and the PPIF. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common shares. You should review the more detailed information contained herein and in the Statement of Additional Information.
 
The Trust
BlackRock Legacy Securities Public-Private Trust (the "Trust" or "we" or "us") is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company.  The Trust will participate in the Public-Private Investment Program (the "PPIP") for legacy securities established by the United States Department of the Treasury (the "Treasury") by investing approximately       % of the net proceeds from this offering in BlackRock           , L.P. (the "PPIF").  For convenience, we sometimes refer to the Trust and the PPIF collectively as the "Funds" throughout this prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information.
   
The Offering
The Trust is offering              common shares of beneficial interest at a purchase price equal to their net asset value of $        per share plus initial sales compensation of up to $     per share through a group of underwriters led by                  . The common shares of beneficial interest are called "common shares" in the rest of this prospectus. You must purchase at least       common shares in order to participate in this offering.  The maximum amount of total investments the Trust will accept is capped at $      million.  BlackRock Advisors, LLC has agreed to pay the Trust's offering expenses (other than the sales load, and not including the Trust's or its pro rata share of the PPIF's organizational costs) to the extent that offering expenses (other than the sales load) plus organizational costs of the Trust and its pro rata share of the PPIF's exceed $      per common share.
   
Investment Objective
The Trust's investment objective is to generate attractive returns for shareholders through long-term opportunistic investments in assets eligible for purchase under the PPIP ("Eligible Assets"). The Trust is not intended as, and you should not construe it to be, a complete investment program. There can be no assurance that the Trust will achieve its investment objective.
   
Investment Policies
The Trust will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing approximately      % of the net proceeds from this offering in the PPIF.  The Trust will invest approximately      % of the net proceeds from this offering directly in Eligible Assets and in Temporary Investments (as defined herein).  The Trust will make these direct investments for the purpose of being able to make distributions to shareholders in order to maintain its favorable tax status under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), as a regulated investment company.
 
The PPIF has the same investment objective as the Trust.  The PPIF will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing substantially all of its total assets in Eligible Assets.  Eligible Assets currently include commercial mortgage-backed securities ("CMBS") and non-agency residential mortgage backed securities ("RMBS")
 
 
 
1

 
 
 
issued prior to 2009 that were originally rated AAA or an equivalent rating by two or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations without ratings enhancement and that are secured directly by the actual mortgage loans, leases or other assets and not other securities.  At least ninety percent (90%) of the loans and other assets underlying any Eligible Asset must be situated in the United States.  The Eligible Assets must be purchased solely from those financial institutions from which the Treasury may purchase assets pursuant to Section 101(a)(1) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended ("EESA").  Such financial institutions include, but are not limited to, any bank, savings association, credit union, security broker or dealer, or insurance company, established and regulated under the laws of the United States or any State, territory, or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia, Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, American Samoa, or the United States Virgin Islands, and having significant operations in the United States, but excluding any central bank of, or institution owned by, a foreign government; provided, however, if foreign government ownership of otherwise Eligible Assets results from extending financing to a financial institution that then failed or defaulted on such financing, such assets remain Eligible Assets.  Eligible Assets do not include any securities backed by loans and other assets ten percent (10%) or more of which are not situated in the United States. The final determination on what constitutes Eligible Assets is made by the Treasury and may be subject to change.  Accordingly, the Eligible Assets that the Funds may invest in could change over time.
 
The PPIF may also invest in (a) cash, (b) Treasury securities with maturities of not more than ninety (90) calendar days, (c) money market mutual funds that (i) are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and regulated under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and (ii) invest exclusively in direct obligations of the United States of America or obligations the prompt payment of the principal of and interest on which is unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America and/or (d) any other investment approved by the Treasury in writing as a Temporatry Investment (collectively, "Temporary Investments").
 
The PPIF may re-invest proceeds otherwise distributable to the Trust, BlackRock                       , LLC (the "General Partner") and the Treasury, on a pro rata basis, in Eligible Assets up until the third anniversary of the Closing Date. The Closing Date is the date that the underwriters deliver the common shares pursuant to this offering to purchasers and is expected to occur on or about          , 2009.
 
The PPIF will not, without the written consent of the Treasury:
 
·  acquire directly or indirectly through a flow-through entity a residual interest in a Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit;
 
·  invest in any securities or assets other than Eligible Assets and Temporary Investments;
 
·  enter into any derivative contract unless such contract is
 
 
 
 
2

 
 
 
 intended solely to hedge the PPIF's interest rate exposure with respect to any debt obligation;
 
·  hedge any credit risks arising from investments made by the PPIF;
 
·  directly or indirectly lend Eligible Assets or any economic interest therein for any purpose (including to facilitate delivery of a short sale); or
 
·  invest more than 5% of the PPIF's aggregate capital commitments in any particular issuance of Eligible Assets (as measured by CUSIP number).
 
Subject to the restrictions imposed on the PPIF described above, the PPIF may make use of derivate contracts and engage in other strategic transactions for hedging and risk management purposes or to enhance total return as described in the Statement of Additional Information.
 
The General Partner will, subject to certain conditions, (i) consent on behalf of the PPIF to reasonable requests from servicers or trustees for approval to participate in the Treasury's Making Homes Affordable Program ("Making Homes Affordable"), or for approval to implement other reasonable loss mitigation measures (including but not limited to, term extensions, rate reductions, principal write downs, or removal of caps on the percentage of loans that may be modified within the securitization structure) and (ii) where the PPIF acquires 100% of the RMBS that are backed by a particular pool of residential mortgage loans, instruct the servicer or trustee of such securities, if such servicer or trustee is participating in Making Homes Affordable, to include such pool of residential mortgage loans in Making Homes Affordable.  The General Partner will only be required to so consent or instruct (as applicable) if it receives reasonably requested information from the servicer or the trustee (as applicable) and access to appropriate individuals at the servicer or the trustee (as applicable) which allow the General Partner to make an independent analysis that the consent or instruction (as applicable) is consistent with the General Partner's duties to the PPIF.
   
The PPIP
On March 23, 2009, the Treasury, in conjunction with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, announced the creation of the PPIP. The PPIP is designed to encourage the transfer of certain illiquid legacy real estate-related assets off of the balance sheets of financial institutions, restarting the market for these assets and supporting the flow of credit and other capital into the broader economy. One of the components of the PPIP is the "legacy securities" program, which calls for the creation of Public-Private Investment Funds, such as the PPIF, through which privately raised capital and Treasury capital are pooled together to facilitate the purchase of Eligible Assets.
   
The PPIF
The PPIF is a Delaware limited partnership formed to participate in the PPIP.  The Trust will invest approximately     % of the net
 
 
 
3

 
 
 
 
proceeds from this offering in the PPIF. The General Partner will invest $        in the PPIF.  The Treasury will invest an amount equal to the combined investment of the Trust and the General Partner in the PPIF which we expect will not exceed $        million, and will also provide limited recourse funding to the PPIF to purchase Eligible Assets (the "Treasury Debt Financing").
 
As a result of the Treasury providing equity capital and the Treasury Debt Financing to the PPIF, the Treasury will have certain rights and powers in regard to the PPIF, which will subject the Trust to various risks not typically associated with an investment in a registered closed-end investment company.  For example, the Treasury will have the right to unilaterally remove the General Partner in certain circumstances and to remove the General Partner with the consent of a certain percentage of shareholders in other circumstances.  See "Risks—Certain Risks Related to the PPIP."
 
The Trust generally may not withdraw from the PPIF and neither the General Partner nor the Trust may, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, pledge, exchange or otherwise transfer its interest in the PPIF, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Treasury.
 
The PPIF will establish and maintain a capital account for the Trust, the General Partner and the Treasury.  The Trust and the General Partner (and not the Treasury) will pay their pro rata share based on the amount each invests in the PPIF of all legal, accounting, filing and other expenses incurred by the General Partner (and its affiliates) in connection with organizing and establishing the PPIF.  The General Partner (and its affiliates) will be responsible for the expenses of providing their services to the PPIF, including overhead expenses (including systems and technology), office expenses and compensation of their employees.  Generally speaking, except as noted above, the PPIF will pay all reasonable expenses related to the operation of the PPIF, including fees, costs and expenses related to the investigation, development, purchase, holding and sale of Eligible Assets, fees, costs and expenses of any administrators, custodians, attorneys, accountants and other professionals, fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with borrowings by the PPIF through the Treasury Debt Financing or otherwise, certain taxes, the costs of any litigation, directors and officers liability or other insurance and any fees or other governmental charges levied against the PPIF.  The PPIF will not pay any fees, costs or expenses of any third party engaged to monitor, or provide investment advice with regard to the PPIF’s investments.  Except as described above, all items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated to the respective capital account of the Trust, the General Partner and the Treasury consistent with the distribution policies of the PPIF.  See "Distributions" and "The Public-Private Investment Program—The PPIF."
   
Limited Term
The Trust is expected to terminate shortly after the PPIF terminates.  The term of the PPIF will continue until the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Closing Date, subject to extension at the discretion of the General Partner with the written consent of the Treasury for up to two (2) consecutive one-year periods.  The PPIF is subject to earlier
 
 
 
4

 
 
 
 
dissolution and termination:
 
·  after the termination or expiration of the Investment Period (as defined herein), upon the liquidation of all of the PPIF's portfolio investments;
 
·  upon the bankruptcy, dissolution or any similar event of withdrawal of the General Partner (unless the Treasury agrees in writing to continue the business of the PPIF and to the appointment of another general partner); or
 
·  if a change in any law, regulation, rule or governmental order (or change in judicial or regulatory interpretation of any law, regulation or governmental order) would materially adversely impact the General Partner, at least a majority in interest of investors in the Trust or the affiliates of such investors as a result of their management of, or participation in, the PPIF.
 
Upon its termination, it is anticipated that the PPIF will distribute substantially all of its net assets to shareholders.  The Trust, in turn, will distribute the proceeds received from the PPIF to its shareholders.  However, securities that the Trust receives in-kind from the PPIF, if any, or owns directly for which no market exists or securities trading at depressed prices, if any, may be placed in a liquidating trust.  Securities placed in a liquidating trust may be held for an indefinite period of time until they can pay out all of their cash flows or be sold.  See "Risks—Limited Term Risk."
 
The Trust's investment objective and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors that purchase shares in this offering their initial investment on the termination date, and such initial investors and any investors that purchase common shares after the completion of this offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination.
   
Leverage
The PPIF will utilize the Treasury Debt Financing for investment and portfolio management purposes in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total assets immediately after giving effect to the borrowing.  This practice is known as "leverage."  The PPIF will bear the interest expense and other financing costs arising out of the use of the Treasury Debt Financing.  The PPIF will not borrow money other than through the Treasury Debt Financing. The Trust may borrow money in an amount up to 5% of its total assets as a temporary measure for purposes of making distributions to shareholders in order to maintain its favorable tax status as a regulated investment company under the Code.  The Trust will not borrow money for investment purposes.  See "Leverage—Warrants" and "Risks—Leverage Risk, —Certain Risks Related to the PPIP."
   
Warrants
The PPIF will grant warrants to the Treasury in connection with its use of the Treasury Debt Financing.  The warrants provide for preferential payments by the PPIF to the Treasury after the PPIF has returned all of the capital invested in the PPIF by each of the Trust, the General Partner and the Treasury.  After the PPIF has paid to each partner distributions equal to the amount of capital each partner
 
 
 
5

 
 
 
  contributed to the PPIF, for every $100 that would otherwise be distributed to the Trust or the General Partner, as the case may be, $1.50 would be distributed to the Treasury and $98.50 would be distributed to the Trust or the General Partner, as the case may be.  Upon liquidation of the PPIF, the Treasury will be required to contribute to the PPIF the amount, if any, by which cumulative warrant payments it received exceeded 1.5% of the cumulative net profits earned by the Trust and the General Partner. See "Risks—Leverage Risk, —Certain Risks Related to the PPIP."
   
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisors
BlackRock Advisors, LLC ("BAL "), as the Trust's investment advisor, and each of BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. ("BFM") and                , as the Trust's sub-advisors, will provide certain day-to-day investment management services to the Trust.
 
BAL will receive an annual fee from the Trust, payable monthly, in an amount equal to         % of the monthly value of the Trust's total assets.
 
BAL will pay an annual sub-advisory fee to BFM equal to         .  BAL will also pay an annual sub-advisory fee to                equal to               .
 
The PPIF will engage BFM as its investment advisor to provide certain portfolio management, research and administrative services.  In addition, the General Partner will delegate day-to-day management responsibilities of the PPIF to BFM, but will retain discretion over certain policy-making and oversight functions with respect to the investment program of the PPIF.  The PPIF will also engage                to sub-advise 5% of the portfolio of the PPIF (measured based on aggregate capital commitments of the PPIF).                 will manage assets on a discretionary basis consistent with the investment objective of the PPIF.
 
We sometimes refer to BAL and BFM collectively as "BlackRock Advisors" throughout this prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information.
 
For the term of the PPIF, the PPIF (and not the Trust) will pay an annual management fee to the General Partner (the "Treasury Management Fee").  Prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, the Treasury Management Fee will equal 0.20% per annum of the Treasury's capital commitment to the PPIF as of the last day of the period to which the Treasury Management Fee relates. Thereafter, the Treasury Management Fee will equal 0.20% per annum of the lesser of (i) the Treasury's capital commitment to the PPIF and (ii) the fair market value of the Treasury's interest in the PPIF as of the last day of the period to which the Treasury Management Fee relates.  The Treasury Management Fee will be paid out of proceeds otherwise payable to the Treasury but not from drawdowns of the Treasury’s capital commitments to the PPIF.  Neither the Trust nor the General Partner will bear the Treasury Management Fee.
   
Distributions
Commencing with the Trust's initial dividend, the Trust intends to make regular quarterly cash distributions of all or a portion of its net investment income to common shareholders. We expect to declare
 
 
 
6

 
 
 
 
the initial dividend on the Trust's common shares within approximately 45 days after completion of this offering and to pay that initial dividend approximately 90 to 120 days after completion of this offering. The Trust will distribute to common shareholders at least annually all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income after the payment of dividends and interest, if any, owed with respect to any forms of leverage utilized by the Trust. The Trust intends to pay any capital gains distributions at least annually.
 
Various factors will affect the level of the Trust's income, including the asset mix and the average maturity of its and the PPIF's portfolio, the amount of leverage utilized by the PPIF and its and the PPIF's ability to use hedging, which is limited. The ability of the Trust to make distributions to shareholders is largely dependent upon the distributions the PPIF makes to the Trust.   The PPIF will be required to distribute any income earned from its investments, including principal paydowns, interest and dividend income and any net proceeds realized from dispositions of investments, no later than thirty (30) calendar days following the end of each fiscal quarter in which such income is received by the PPIF.  However, the General Partner will be allowed to withhold from any distributions amounts necessary to (i) create reasonable reserves for PPIF Expenses (as defined herein) and the making of investments (provided that such reserves for PPIF Expenses cannot exceed 0.10% of the amount invested in the PPIF without the written consent of the Treasury), (ii) create reasonable reserves for repayment of indebtedness and (iii) make investments as permitted by the PPIP.  Generally, distribution of income by the PPIF will initially be made to the Trust, the General Partner and the Treasury in proportion to each of their respective percentage interests in the PPIF.  After the PPIF has paid to each partner distributions equal to the amount of capital each partner contributed to the PPIF, for every $100 that would otherwise be distributed to the Trust or the General Partner, as the case may be, $1.50 would be distributed to the Treasury and $98.50 would be distributed to the Trust or the General Partner, as the case may be.  The PPIF's use of the Treasury Debt Financing will limit its ability to make distributions to the Trust.  See "Risks—Certain Risks Related to the PPIP."
 
To permit the Trust to maintain a more stable distribution rate, the Trust may from time to time distribute less than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period. The undistributed income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular quarterly period may be more or less than the amount of income actually earned by the Trust during that period. Undistributed income will add to the Trust's net asset value (and indirectly benefit the investment advisors by increasing their fees) and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed income will reduce the Trust's net asset value.
 
After the common shares are listed for trading on a national securities exchange, shareholders will automatically have all distributions reinvested in common shares of the Trust purchased in the open market in accordance with the Trust's Dividend Reinvestment Plan, unless an election is made to receive cash by contacting                   , the plan agent, at                   .
 
 
 
 
7

 
 
 
 
The Trust will also hold Eligible Assets and Temporary Investments directly, and may borrow money in an amount up to 5% of its total assets as a temporary measure, in order to make distributions to shareholders so that the Trust will be able to maintain its favorable tax status under the Code as a regulated investment company.
   
Taxation
The Trust intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each year for special tax treatment afforded to a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.  In order to qualify as a regulated investment company, the Trust must satisfy income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. As long as it so qualifies, the Trust will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent that it distributes its investment company taxable income and net capital gains.  The Trust will invest approximately      % of the net proceeds from this offering in the PPIF, which is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Consequently, with respect to its investment in the PPIF, the Trust's income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses will depend upon the corresponding items recognized by the PPIF.  For purposes of satisfying the income tests applicable to a regulated investment company under the Code, the Trust will look through to the assets of the PPIF.  Similarly, for purposes of satisfying the asset diversification tests applicable to a regulated investment company under the Code, the Trust intends to look through to the assets of the PPIF.  Any references to, and description of the U.S. federal income tax aspects of, the Trust's investment practices and activities, in effect, take into account the investment practices and activities of the PPIF.
   
Listing
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common shares of the Trust.  The Trust intends to apply for listing on the New York Stock Exchange so that trading on such exchange will begin approximately            from the date of this prospectus.  Prior to the expected commencement of trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the underwriters do not intend to make a market in the Trust's common shares.  Consequently, it is anticipated that, prior to the commencement of trading on an exchange, an investment in the Trust will be illiquid and shareholders may not be able to sell their shares as it is unlikely that a secondary market for the common shares will develop.  If a secondary market does develop prior to the commencement of trading on an exchange, shareholders may be able to sell their common shares only at substantial discounts from net asset value.  The Trust's ability to list its common shares on the New York Stock Exchange is subject to meeting the standards for listing of such exchange, which the Trust expects it will meet (although no assurance can be given in this regard).  The proposed symbol for common shares listed on the New York Stock Exchange is "     ."
   
Custodian and Transfer Agent
                  will serve as the Trust's custodian, and                     will serve as the Trust's transfer agent.
 
                  will serve as the PPIF's custodian.
   
Market Price of Shares
Common shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at prices lower than their net asset value. Common shares of
 
 
 
8

 
 
 
 
closed-end investment companies like the Trust that invest primarily in fixed income securities have, during some periods, traded at prices higher than their net asset value and, during other periods, have traded at prices lower than their net asset value. The Trust cannot assure you that its common shares will trade at a price higher than or equal to its net asset value. In addition to net asset value, the market price of the Trust's common shares may be affected by such factors as distribution levels, which are in turn affected by expenses, distribution stability, liquidity and market supply and demand. The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors; you should not purchase common shares of the Trust if you intend to sell them shortly after purchase.
   
Special Risk Considerations
An investment in our common shares involves various material risks. The following is a summary of certain of these risks.  It is not complete and you should read and consider carefully the more complete list of risks described below under "Risks" before purchasing our common shares in this offering.
   
 
General Risks Related to an Investment in the Trust
 
·  The Trust's common shares have no history of public trading. Moreover, the Trust's common shares will not be listed on a stock exchange until approximately             after the date of this offering and during this time period an investment in the Trust will be illiquid.
 
·  If the Trust is unable to qualify for listing on a securities exchange, you may be unable to sell your common shares or may be able to sell them only at a substantial discount from net asset value.
 
·  The Trust's common shares, as is frequently the case with closed-end management investment companies, may trade at a discount from net asset value and such discount may be material.
 
General Risks Related to an Investment in the Funds
 
·  The Funds are newly organized investment funds with no operating history.  
 
·  The PPIF anticipates using leverage for investment purposes, which will magnify investment, market and certain other risks.
 
·  The Funds will invest substantially all of their assets (directly or indirectly) in Eligible Assets and, as such, will be affected to a greater degree by events affecting the market for Eligible Assets than if they invested in a broader array of fixed-income securities and other types of securities, and such impacts could be considerably greater than if they did not focus their investments to such an extent.
 
·  The Funds may be unable to locate, consummate and exit investments that satisfy their investment objectives as a result of increased competition for Eligible Assets.
 
·  The Funds have a limited life and each will be required to liquidate in connection with its respective termination date.  While liquidating, they may have to sell portfolio securities in unfavorable market conditions or may not be able to sell them at all, which may cause the Funds to lose money.
 
 
 
9

 
 
 
 
·  The Funds may invest in Eligible Assets that currently are or may become illiquid and may be unable to readily dispose of such illiquid securities at favorable prices in a timely manner, which could adversely affect the net asset values of the Funds and their ability to make distributions. 
 
·  The success of the Funds will depend, in large part, on the skill and expertise of the Investment Team (as defined herein), and although the Investment Team will devote such time as it determines is necessary to carry out the operations of Funds effectively, it will not devote all of its professional time to the affairs of the Funds.  See "Management of the Funds" for a description of the Investment Team.  
 
·  BlackRock Advisors and                manage other registered investment companies, separate accounts, private investment funds and other investment funds, which may raise potential conflicts of interest, including those associated with allocating management time, services and functions, and there can be no assurance that any actual or potential conflicts of interest will not result in the Funds receiving less favorable investment terms in certain investments than if such conflicts of interest did not exist.  
 
·  An investment in Eligible Assets will subject the Funds to various risk factors, which generally include, but are not limited to:  
 
o  credit risk associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties;
 
o  adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on mortgage-backed securities secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties;
 
o  loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid to purchase the securities;
 
o  declines in the market value of portfolio securities, whether resulting from changes in interest rates, prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral or perceptions of the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage collateral.
 
o  prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in value of the mortgage-backed security;
 
o  extension risk, which would extend the time it would take to receive cash flows and generally reduce yield;
 
o  subordination risk, which increases the risk of loss and writedowns (among others), as certain mortgage-backed securities may be subordinated to one or more other senior classes of securities;
 
o  interest rate risk, as the value of fixed rate debt securities can be expected to vary inversely with changes in prevailing interest rates; and
 
 
 
10

 
 
 
 
legislative risk, as the U.S. Congress and various government regulatory authorities have discussed the possibility of restructuring mortgages and imposing forbearance requirements on defaulted mortgages, which may adversely affect the value of mortgage-backed securities owned by the Funds.
   
 
Certain Risks Related to the PPIP
 
·  The PPIF will be required to implement a conflict of interest mitigation plan and a code of ethics that place restrictions on who the PPIF can trade with and such restrictions may adversely affect the PPIF's (and consequently the Trust's) ability to achieve its investment objective.
 
·  The PPIF has not entered into final documentation with the Treasury with respect to its participation in the legacy securities component of the PPIP, and there is no assurance that the final terms will enable the PPIF to participate in the legacy securities component of the PPIP in a manner consistent with its investment strategy.
 
·  The PPIF will be subject to an asset coverage test as a result of receiving the Treasury Debt Financing.  Failure to satisfy this test could have an adverse impact on the ability of the PPIF (and consequently the Trust) to make distributions and achieve its investment objective.
 
·  As a result of the Treasury providing equity capital and the Treasury Debt Financing to the PPIF, the Treasury will be able to exercise certain rights and powers in regard to the PPIF.  The Treasury may exercise these rights in its own interest and not in the interests of the Trust or the Trust's shareholders.  The Treasury's exercise of these rights and powers in its own interest may adversely affect the Trust and its ability to achieve its investment objective.
 
·  The PPIP could be amended pursuant to new legislation or administrative or judicial action which could have the effect of preventing us from benefiting from our investment in the PPIF. The effect of such new legislation, administrative or judicial action or amendment could be retroactive, and have an adverse impact on the Trust.
   
 
Tax Risks
 
·  The Trust may be required to report taxable income early in its holding period for certain investments in excess of the economic income the Trust ultimately realizes from such investments.
 
·  Due to the nature of certain of the Trust’s investments, the Trust may have taxable income in excess of the cash available to the Trust for the annual distribution necessary to maintain the Trust’s status as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes and avoid U.S. federal corporate income and excise taxes.  In addition, the Trust’s efforts to satisfy such distribution requirements may adversely affect the Trust’s ability to execute its business strategies.
   
 
 
 
11

 
 
 
 
·  The PPIF must satisfy an asset coverage test before distributing its investment proceeds to its partners (including the Trust), which could limit the ability of the Trust to make distributions to its shareholders.
 
·  The Trust may in the future choose to pay dividends in kind, in which case the Trust's shareholders may be required to pay U.S. federal income taxes in excess of the cash dividends that the shareholder receives.
 
 
 
 
12

 
SUMMARY OF TRUST EXPENSES
 
The following table shows Trust expenses attributable to common shares.
 
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
     
 
Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price)
 
%
 
 
Offering expenses borne by the Trust (as a percentage of offering price)
 
%
(1)
 
Dividend reinvestment plan fees
 
None
(2)
         
 
 
   
Percentage of Net Assets
Attributable to Common Shares
 
Annual Expenses
     
 
Management Fees                                                                                          
   
%
 
Other Expenses                                                                                          
   
%
 
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses                                                                                          
   
%(3)
 
Total Annual Expenses                                                                                          
   
%
 


(1)
The Trust will pay and expense its and its pro rata share of the PPIF's organizational costs in full out of its seed capital prior to completion of this offering. BAL has agreed to pay offering costs, and not organizational costs, of the Trust (other than the sales load) that, when added to the Trust's and its pro rata share of the PPIF's organizational costs, exceed $      per common share (      % of the offering price). Assuming an offering of                 common shares for $                  , the total offering costs are estimated to be $               , $                 of which would be borne by the Trust (after taking into account organizational costs) and $                   of which would be paid by BAL.
(2)
You will be charged a brokerage commission of $    per share if you direct                            (the "Plan Agent") to sell your common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account.
(3)
These are the fees and expenses of the PPIF indirectly borne by the Trust as a result of its investment in the PPIF, including operating and interest expenses incurred by the PPIF.
 
The purpose of the table above and the example below is to help you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a holder of common shares, would bear directly or indirectly. The expenses shown in the table under "Other Expenses," "Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses" and "Total Annual Expenses" are based on estimated amounts for the Funds' first full years of operations and assume that the Trust issues                   common shares and that the PPIF has total assets of $        .  If the Trust issues fewer common shares or the PPIF has a lesser amount of total assets, all other things being equal, these expenses, as a percentage of the Trust's net assets attributable to common shares, would increase.
 
The following example* illustrates the expenses (including the offering expenses borne by the Trust and the sales load of $     ) that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in common shares, assuming (1) total annual expenses of        % of net assets (see footnote 5 above) and (2) a 5% annual return:
 
   
1 Year
   
3 Years
   
5 Years
   
10 Years
 
Total Expenses Incurred                                                                    
  $       $       $       $    

*
The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. The example assumes that the estimated "Other Expenses" and "Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses" set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate, and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Moreover, the Trust's actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.
 
 
 
13

 
 
THE TRUST
 
BlackRock Legacy Securities Public-Private Trust (the "Trust") is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Investment Company Act"). The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 26, 2009, pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Trust has no operating history. The Trust will participate in the Public-Private Investment Program (the "PPIP") for legacy securities announced by the United States Department of the Treasury (the "Treasury") by investing approximately      % of the net proceeds from this offering in BlackRock            , L.P. (the "PPIF").  The Trust will be a limited partner of the PPIF and will pass all voting rights it has in the PPIF through to its own shareholders.  The PPIF has the same investment objective and strategies as the Trust.  The Trust's principal office is located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, and its telephone number is (800) 882-0052.
 
The Trust is expected to terminate shortly after the PPIF terminates.  The term of the PPIF will continue until the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Closing Date, subject to extension at the discretion of BlackRock               , LLC, the general partner of the PPIF (the "General Partner"), with the written consent of the Treasury for up to two (2) consecutive one-year periods.  The Closing Date is the date that the underwriters deliver the common shares pursuant to this offering to purchasers and is expected to occur on or about            , 2009.  The PPIF is subject to earlier dissolution and termination:
 
 
·
after the termination or expiration of an initial three (3) year period, upon the liquidation of all of the PPIF's portfolio investments;
 
 
·
upon the bankruptcy, dissolution or any similar event of withdrawal of the General Partner (unless the Treasury agrees in writing to continue the business of the PPIF and to the appointment of another general partner); or
 
 
·
if a change in any law, regulation, rule or governmental order (or change in judicial or regulatory interpretation of any law, regulation or governmental order) would materially adversely impact the General Partner, at least a majority in interest of investors in the Trust or the affiliates of such investors as a result of their management of, or participation in, the PPIF.
 
The Trust's investment objective and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors that purchase shares in this offering their initial investment on the termination date, and such initial investors and any investors that purchase common shares after the completion of this offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The net proceeds from this offering of common shares will be approximately $              after payment of organizational costs and offering expenses. The Trust will invest approximately       % of the net proceeds from this offering in Eligible Assets (as defined herein) and Temporary Investments (as defined herein) and the remainder of the net proceeds from this offering in the PPIF.  The PPIF, in turn, will invest the proceeds it receives from the Trust in accordance with the investment objective and policies stated herein.  We currently anticipate that the Funds will be able make these investments within approximately six months after the completion of this offering.  Although this period is longer than the three-month period used by most closed-end investment companies to invest the proceeds of their offerings, we believe a six-month investment period is in the best interests of the Funds in order to provide them the flexibility to invest in the most opportunistic manner, in light of current market conditions.  For example, BlackRock Advisors and                believe that market dislocations, an inability of other investors to evaluate risk and forced selling have led to, and may continue to lead to, certain securities being undervalued.  See "Risks–Recent Developments."  BlackRock Advisors and                believe that the flexibility of investing over a six-month period may permit the Funds to purchase securities at more favorable prices, although no assurance can be given in this regard. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in Temporary Investments.
 
 
 
14

 
 
THE PUBLIC-PRIVATE INVESTMENT PROGRAM
 
The PPIP
 
On March 23, 2009, the Treasury, in conjunction with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, announced the creation of the PPIP. The PPIP is designed to encourage the transfer of certain illiquid legacy real estate-related assets off of the balance sheets of financial institutions, restarting the market for these assets and supporting the flow of credit and other capital into the broader economy. One of the components of the PPIP is the "legacy securities" program, which calls for the creation of Public-Private Investment Funds, such as the PPIF, through which privately raised capital and Treasury capital are pooled together to facilitate the purchase of Eligible Assets.
 
The PPIF
 
The PPIF is a Delaware limited partnership formed to participate in the PPIP.  The Trust will invest approximately      % of the net proceeds from this offering in the PPIF.  The General Partner of the PPIF will invest  $           in the PPIF.  The Treasury will invest an amount equal to the combined investment of the Trust and the General Partner in the PPIF which we expect will not exceed $           million, and will also provide limited recourse funding to the PPIF to purchase Eligible Assets (the "Treasury Debt Financing").
 
As a result of the Treasury providing equity capital and the Treasury Debt Financing to the PPIF, the Treasury will have certain rights and powers in regard to the PPIF, which will subject the Trust to various risks not typically associated with an investment in a registered closed-end investment company.  See "Risks—Certain Risks Related to the PPIP."
 
The Trust generally may not withdraw from the PPIF and neither the General Partner nor the Trust may, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, pledge, exchange or otherwise transfer its interest in the PPIF, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Treasury.  The Treasury must approve of the partnership agreement setting forth the terms of the PPIF and must also approve any amendment to the partnership agreement.
 
The PPIF will establish and maintain a capital account for the Trust, the General Partner and the Treasury.  The Trust and the General Partner (and not the Treasury) will pay their pro rata share based on the amount each invests in the PPIF of all legal, accounting, filing and other expenses incurred by the General Partner (and its affiliates) in connection with organizing and establishing the PPIF.  The General Partner (and its affiliates) will be responsible for the expenses of providing their services to the PPIF, including overhead expenses (including systems and technology), office expenses and compensation of their employees. Except as noted above, the PPIF will pay all reasonable expenses related to the operation of the PPIF, including fees, costs and expenses related to the investigation, development, purchase, holding and sale of Eligible Assets (including Eligible Asset transactions that are not ultimately consummated or closed), fees, costs and expenses of any administrators, custodians, attorneys, accountants and other professionals, fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with borrowings by the PPIF through the Treasury Debt Financing or otherwise, certain taxes, the costs of any litigation (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any losses incurred by the General Partner, certain of its affiliates, or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, shareholders, members or partners), directors' and officers' liability or other insurance (provided that the PPIF shall not bear the cost of any incremental premium associated with the purchase of insurance designed to insure the General Partner or any other party for any liability resulting from fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty, gross negligence, a violation of applicable securities laws, conduct that is the subject of a criminal proceeding where the insured party had no reasonable basis to believe that such conduct was lawful or a willful and material breach of the governing documents of the PPIF) and any fees or other governmental charges levied against the PPIF (collectively, "PPIF Expenses"). For the avoidance of doubt, these expenses shall not include any fees, costs or expenses of any third party engaged to monitor, or provide investment advice with respect to, the PPIF's investments.  Except as described above, all items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated to the respective capital account of the Trust, the General Partner and the Treasury consistent with the distribution policies of the PPIF.  See "Distributions."
 
The Treasury will have the right to unilaterally remove the General Partner upon the occurrence of (i) a breach of the General Partner's obligation to make capital contributions or to bear its expenses in accordance with the partnership agreement governing the PPIF if the breach is not cured within five (5) calendar days, (ii) a finding
 
 
15

 
 
by any court or governmental body of competent jurisdiction or an admission by the General Partner or any person that has the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the General Partner, whether by ownership of voting shares, by contract or otherwise, and their respective senior officers and senior executives (each a "Relevant Person") (a) of fraud, gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct by any Relevant Person, (b) of a material violation of applicable securities laws by any Relevant Person or (c) that the General Partner has otherwise committed a material breach of the partnership agreement governing the PPIF, including the representations and warranties contained in the agreement, or (iii) a conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere by any Relevant Person in respect of a felony.
 
The Treasury, subject to a thirty (30) calendar day grace period given to the General Partner to cure, also will have the right to remove the General Partner with the consent of at least one-third of the Trust's shareholders if:
 
 
·
prior to the end of three (3) years from the Closing Date (the "Investment Period"), both Scott Amero and Peter Fisher ("Key BlackRock Persons"), or any replacement suggested by the General Partner and approved by the Treasury, cease to devote a majority of their business time to the fixed-income business of BlackRock, Inc. ("BlackRock") and cease to be actively involved in the business and affairs of the PPIF;
 
 
·
after the end of the Investment Period, both Key BlackRock Persons cease to be actively involved with the fixed-income business of BlackRock, including the business and affairs of the PPIF;
 
 
·
a majority of Curtis Arledge, Akiva Dickstein, Randy Robertson, Stephen Switzky, John Vibert, Mark Warner, and Kishore Yalamanchili (the "Key Portfolio Management Team Members") either (a) cease to devote substantially all of their business time to the fixed-income business of BlackRock, (b) prior to the time the PPIF is no longer accepting investments, cease to devote at least 50% of their business time to the business and affairs of the PPIF, (c) thereafter, but prior to the end of the Investment Period, cease to devote at least 20% of their business time to the business and affairs of the PPIF or (d) after the end of the Investment Period, cease to be actively involved with the business and affairs of the PPIF;
 
 
·
BlackRock ceases to own a majority of the voting securities of the General Partner; or
 
 
·
Bank of America Corporation, The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., Barclays PLC and BlackRock's employees, officers and directors (and their families and estate planning vehicles) cease, directly or indirectly, to collectively own at least 40% of BlackRock's voting securities.
 
The Treasury will also have the right to remove the General Partner at any time with the consent of a majority of the Trust's shareholders and it will also have the right to remove the General Partner unilaterally upon the removal of BAL as the investment advisor to the Trust.  Prior to the effectiveness of a removal for the reasons described above, the General Partner will consult with the board of trustees of the Trust to name a replacement general partner.  The replacement general partner would need to be approved by the holders of a majority of the Trust's common shares and, separately, by the Treasury.
 
The Funds intend to apply to the Securities and Exchange Commission for an order exempting the PPIF from registration and regulation under the Investment Company Act and for certain exemptions for the Trust to permit it to operate as described herein.  No assurance can be given that such relief will be given.  The Funds may need to comply with conditions to obtain such relief.
 
THE FUNDS' INVESTMENTS
 
Investment Objective and Policies
 
Each Fund's investment objective is to generate attractive returns for shareholders through long-term opportunistic investments in assets eligible for purchase under the PPIP ("Eligible Assets").  There can be no assurance that the Funds will achieve their investment objectives.
 
 
 
16

 
The Trust will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing approximately      % of the net proceeds from this offering in the PPIF.  The Trust's only other assets will be direct investments in Eligible Assets and Temporary Investments, which the Trust will hold for the purpose of being able to make distributions to shareholders in order to maintain its favorable tax status under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), as a regulated investment company.
 
The PPIF has the same investment objective as the Trust.  The PPIF will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing substantially all of its total assets in Eligible Assets.
 
Eligible Assets currently include commercial mortgage-backed securities ("CMBS") and non-agency residential mortgage backed securities ("RMBS") issued prior to 2009 that were originally rated AAA or an equivalent rating by two or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations without ratings enhancement and that are secured directly by the actual mortgage loans, leases or other assets and not other securities.  At least ninety percent (90%) of the loans and other assets underlying any Eligible Asset must be situated in the United States.  The Eligible Assets must be purchased solely from those financial institutions from which the Secretary of the Treasury may purchase assets pursuant to Section 101(a)(1) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended ("EESA").  Such financial institutions include, but are not limited to, any bank, savings association, credit union, security broker or dealer, or insurance company, established and regulated under the laws of the United States or any State, territory, or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia, Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, American Samoa, or the United States Virgin Islands, and having significant operations in the United States, but excluding any central bank of, or institution owned by, a foreign government; provided, however, if foreign government ownership of otherwise Eligible Assets results from extending financing to a financial institution that then failed or defaulted on such financing, such assets remain Eligible Assets.  Eligible Assets do not include any securities backed by loans and other assets ten percent (10%) or more of which are not situated in the United States. The final determination on what constitutes Eligible Assets is made by the Treasury and may be subject to change.  Accordingly, the Eligible Assets that the Funds may invest in could change over time.
 
The PPIF may also invest in (a) cash, (b) Treasury securities with maturities of not more than ninety (90) calendar days, (c) money market mutual funds that (i) are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and regulated under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act and (ii) invest exclusively in direct obligations of the United States of America or obligations the prompt payment of the principal of and interest on which is unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America and/or (d) any other investment approved by the Treasury in writing as a Temporary Investment ("Temporary Investments").
 
The PPIF may re-invest proceeds otherwise distributable to the Trust, the General Partner and the Treasury, on a pro rata basis, in Eligible Assets up until the third anniversary of the Closing Date.
 
The PPIF will not, without the written consent of the Treasury:
 
 
·
acquire directly or indirectly through a flow-through entity a residual interest in a Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit;
 
 
·
invest in any securities or assets other than Eligible Assets and Temporary Investments;
 
 
·
enter into any derivative contract unless such contract is intended solely to hedge the PPIF's interest rate exposure with respect to any debt obligation;
 
 
·
hedge any credit risks arising from investments made by the PPIF;
 
 
·
directly or indirectly lend Eligible Assets or any economic interest therein for any purpose (including to facilitate delivery of a short sale); or
 
 
·
invest more than 5% of the PPIF's aggregate capital commitments in any particular issuance of Eligible Assets (as measured by CUSIP number).
 
 
 
17

 
 
Subject to the restrictions imposed on the PPIF described above, the PPIF may make use of derivate contracts and engage in other strategic transactions for hedging and risk management purposes or to enhance total return as described in the Statement of Additional Information.
 
The General Partner will, subject to certain conditions, (i) consent on behalf of the PPIF to reasonable requests from servicers or trustees for approval to participate in the Treasury's Making Homes Affordable Program ("Making Homes Affordable"), or for approval to implement other reasonable loss mitigation measures (including but not limited to, term extensions, rate reductions, principal write downs, or removal of caps on the percentage of loans that may be modified within the securitization structure) and (ii) where the PIFF acquires 100% of the RMBS that are backed by a particular pool of residential mortgage loans, instruct the servicer or trustee of such securities, if such servicer or trustee is participating in Making Homes Affordable, to include such pool of residential mortgage loans in Making Homes Affordable. The General Partner will only be required to so consent or instruct (as applicable) if it receives reasonably requested information from the servicer or the trustee (as applicable) and access to appropriate individuals at the servicer or the trustee (as applicable) which allow the General Partner to make an independent analysis that the consent or instruction (as applicable) is consistent with the General Partner's duties to the PPIF.
 
Portfolio Composition
 
The portfolios of the Funds generally will be composed of Eligible Assets and Temporary Investments (and in the case of the Trust, its limited partner interest in the PPIF).  Additional information with respect to the Funds' investment policies and restrictions and certain of the Funds' portfolio investments is contained in the Statement of Additional Information.
 
Eligible Assets generally are debt securities that entitle the holders thereof to receive payments of interest and principal that depend primarily on the cash flow from or sale proceeds of a specified pool of assets, either fixed or revolving, that by their terms convert into cash within a finite time period, together with rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to holders of such securities.
 
Mortgage-Backed Securities.  Mortgage-backed securities are structured debt obligations collateralized by pools of commercial or residential mortgages. Pools of mortgage loans and mortgage-related loans such as mezzanine loans are assembled into pools of assets that secure or back securities sold to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations.  The mortgage-backed securities in which the Funds may invest include those with fixed, floating or variable interest rates, those with interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified index of interest rates and those with interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, as well as those that do not bear interest. The Funds may invest in residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, including residual interests, issued by private issuers, including subordinated mortgage-related securities. The Funds may invest in sub-prime mortgages or mortgage-backed securities that are backed by sub-prime mortgages. Other mortgage-related securities that the Funds may invest in are described below.
 
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities.  CMBS generally are multi-class debt or pass-through certificates secured or backed by mortgage loans on commercial properties. CMBS generally are structured to provide protection to the senior class investors against potential losses on the underlying mortgage loans. This protection generally is provided by having the holders of subordinated classes of securities ("Subordinated CMBS") take the first loss if there are defaults on the underlying commercial mortgage loans. Other protection, which may benefit all of the classes or particular classes, may include issuer guarantees, reserve funds, cross-collateralization and over-collateralization.  The Funds may invest in CMBS issued or sponsored by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers.  CMBS have no governmental guarantee.
 
Residential Mortgages.  RMBS are securities the payments on which depend (except for rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to holders of such securities) primarily on the cash flow from residential mortgage loans made to borrowers that are secured (on a first priority basis or second priority basis, subject to permitted liens, easements and other encumbrances) by residential real estate (one-to four-family properties) the proceeds of which are used to purchase real estate and purchase or construct dwellings thereon (or to refinance indebtedness previously so used).  Residential mortgage loans are obligations of the
 
 
18

 
 
borrowers thereunder only and are not typically insured or guaranteed by any other person or entity.  The ability of a borrower to repay a loan secured by residential property is dependent upon the income or assets of the borrower.  A number of factors, including a general economic downturn, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances, may impair borrowers' abilities to repay their loans.
 
The non-agency RMBS in which the Funds may invest are issued by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers. Timely payment of principal and interest on mortgage-related securities backed by pools created by non-governmental issuers often is supported partially by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance. The insurance and guarantees are issued by private insurers and the mortgage poolers. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or mortgage poolers can meet their obligations under the policies, so that if the issuers default on their obligations the holders of the security could sustain a loss. No insurance or guarantee covers the Trust or the price of the Trust's shares. Mortgage-related securities issued by non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government-agency and government-related securities because there are no direct or indirect government guarantees of payment.
 
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities.  The Funds also may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities ("Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities"). Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities are created by segregating the cash flows from underlying mortgage loans or mortgage securities to create two or more new securities, each with a specified percentage of the underlying security's principal or interest payments. Mortgage securities may be partially stripped so that each investor class receives some interest and some principal. When securities are completely stripped, however, all of the interest is distributed to holders of one type of security, known as an interest-only security ("IO"), and all of the principal is distributed to holders of another type of security known as a principal-only security ("PO"). Strips can be created in a pass-through structure or as tranches of a CMO. The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are very sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Funds may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying mortgage assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Below Investment Grade Securities.  Although all Eligible Assets must have originally been rated AAA or an equivalent rating by at least two nationally recognized statistical ratings organizations, many may currently be rated below investment grade.  Below investment grade securities are those rated Ba or lower by Moody's and BB or lower by S&P or Fitch, or comparably rated by other rating agencies or BlackRock Advisors or                .  A significant portion of the Funds' portfolios may consist of below investment grade securities.  Securities rated Ba by Moody's are judged to have speculative elements, their future cannot be considered as well assured and often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate. Securities rated BB by S&P or Fitch are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics and, while such obligations have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative grade debt, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. Securities rated Ca by Moody's and C by S&P or Fitch are regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing. Securities rated C by Moody's and D by S&P or Fitch are in default and the payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears.
 
Lower grade securities, though higher yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Funds to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Funds' net asset values.
 
The prices of fixed income securities generally are inversely related to interest rate changes; however, the price volatility caused by fluctuating interest rates of securities also is inversely related to the coupon of such securities. Accordingly, lower grade securities may be relatively less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher quality securities of comparable maturity, because of their higher coupon. This higher coupon is what the investor receives in return for bearing greater credit risk. The higher credit risk associated with lower grade securities potentially can have a greater effect on the value of such securities than may be the case with higher quality issues of comparable maturity, and may be a substantial factor in each Fund's  relative net asset value volatility.
 
 
19

 
 
Other Investment Techniques
 
The PPIF may make use of interest rate swaps, caps and collars solely for the purpose of hedging interest rate mismatches between the Treasury Debt Financing and Eligible Assets.  The PPIF may also make use of other strategic transactions for hedging and risk management purposes and to enhance return, but only with the consent of the Treasury.  A complete description of the strategic transactions and investment techniques that the Funds may make use of, including the risks associated with such transactions and techniques, is found in the Statement of Additional Information under the heading "Investment Policies and Techniques—Strategic Transactions" and "Risks."
 
LEVERAGE
 
Treasury Debt Financing.  The PPIF will use the Treasury Debt Financing for investment and portfolio management purposes in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total assets immediately after giving effect to the borrowing.  This practice is known as "leverage."  The PPIF will bear the interest expense and other financing costs arising out of the use of the Treasury Debt Financing.
 
The Treasury Debt Financing may be drawn down by the PPIF subject to certain conditions.  Among these conditions are that all loans provided by the Treasury to the PPIF must be secured by the PPIF's investments, its rights under any permitted interest hedges, all other of its existing and future assets and property and any and all proceeds of the foregoing.  In addition, if the Public-Private Investment Funds sponsored by BlackRock, including the PPIF, are not able to raise a total of $      million of capital from investors (not including the Treasury) collectively, then the PPIF will not be able to use the Treasury Debt Financing.  After the end of the Investment Period, the PPIF will no longer be able to draw down amounts, if any, that were previously available to it through the Treasury Debt Financing.
 
The PPIF will also be required to make certain representations and warranties and to comply with certain conditions that are consistent with those typically seen with a commercial loan, as well as others specific to the PPIP, in order to make use of the Treasury Debt Financing.  In addition, the PPIF will also be required to comply with certain conditions in connection with its proposed exemption from the Investment Company Act.  Such conditions include, but are not limited to, that:
 
 
·
there must not be any incipient or matured event of default at the time of, or after giving effect to, the borrowing;
 
 
·
the amount of loans made on any borrowing date must not exceed the amount of the Treasury Debt Financing then available for borrowing;
 
 
·
the PPIF must have an asset coverage ratio of 300% on a pro forma basis both before and after accounting for the borrowing;
 
 
·
the ratio of (a) the Treasury Debt Financing to (b) the PPIF's net assets (i.e., its total assets minus its total indebtedness) may not exceed five to one, after accounting for certain mandated reserves and scheduled payments;
 
 
·
the Treasury will have received a certificate from the PPIF setting forth in reasonable detail calculations supporting certain determinations and certifying that the PPIF owns only Eligible Assets and Temporary Investments; and
 
 
·
the deposit of a required amount must be have been made into an interest reserve account.
 
The PPIF will also be required to comply with the EESA, implement a conflict of interests mitigation plan and a code of ethics reasonably satisfactory to Treasury and allow the Treasury, the Special Inspector General of TARP, the Government Accountability Office and their respective advisors and representatives to inspect property and books and records and meet with the General Partner.
 
As a result of receiving the Treasury Debt Financing, the PPIF will be required to make interest and principal payments to the Treasury. Interest payments generally will be payable at a rate of LIBOR (i.e., the rate for eurodollar deposits for a period equal to one month appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page or if such rate ceases to appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page, on any other service providing comparable rate quotations at
 
 
20

 
 
approximately 11:00 a.m., London time on the date of determination) plus 2% per annum if the PPIF is not then in default (LIBOR plus 4% per annum if the PPIF is then in default).  However, if LIBOR cannot be determined, then interest payments generally will be payable at the Prime Rate (i.e., the rate of interest per annum published by The Wall Street Journal from time to time as the prime rate) plus 1% per annum if the PPIF is not then in default (Prime Rate plus 3% per annum if the PPIF is then in default).  The loan provided by Treasury will become due and payable on the earlier of (i) ten (10) years from the Closing Date and (ii) the expiration, termination or dissolution of the PPIF.  The PPIF can choose to optionally prepay the loan at any time in whole or in part without any premium or penalty, provided that any amounts repaid or prepaid may not be re-borrowed and will reduce the amount of the Treasury Debt Financing available to the PPIF.  The PPIF will also be required to pay all reasonable out-of-pockets expenses of the agent and custodian in connection with the creation, implementation and maintenance of the Treasury Debt Financing.  In addition, the PPIF's use of the Treasury Debt Financing will require it to use and pay for a third-party valuation agent (the "Valuation Agent") chosen by the Treasury, subject to reasonable approval by the General Partner, to value its assets.  The Valuation Agent will be the same for all Public-Private Investment Funds formed under the PPIP.
 
Under the terms of the Treasury Debt Financing, all investment proceeds of the PPIF will be held and maintained in a custodial account until such time as they are allocated and distributed in accordance with a priority of payments schedule (the "Priority of Payments").  Pursuant to the Priority of Payments, the PPIF will be required to make payments to other parties prior to, among other things, making distributions to the Trust and the General Partner.  The Priority of Payments will vary based upon whether the PPIF is in default on the Treasury Debt Financing.
 
Generally speaking, so long as the PPIF has not defaulted on the Treasury Debt Financing, the Priority of Payments requires that the PPIF distribute investment proceeds in the following order:
 
 
1.
to payments of administrative expenses of the PPIF;
 
 
2.
to payments on interest rate hedges that the PPIF is permitted to make (other than early termination payments attributable to counterparty default);
 
 
3.
to payment of current interest and any other amounts (other than principal amounts) due to the Treasury;
 
 
4.
to set aside certain future interest payments in the interest reserve account;
 
 
5.
if asset coverage with respect to the Treasury Debt Financing is less than 225%, to the repayment of principal to the extent necessary to cause the asset coverage to be in excess of 225% or until the Treasury Debt Financing has been repaid in full;
 
 
6.
to early termination payments under interest rate hedges the PPIF is permitted to make attributable to counterparty default;
 
 
7.
during the Investment Period, and so long as no incipient or matured event of default is then continuing, at the option of the General Partner, for investment in Eligible Assets, for investments in Temporary Investments or as an optional prepayment of the Treasury Debt Financing;
 
 
8.
commencing with the Treasury Debt Financing payment date occurring in January, 2010, for distributions to the partners in the PPIF; provided that, after giving effect to the distribution, asset coverage with respect to the Treasury Debt Financing is greater than 300%.  Distributions to the partners pursuant to this clause 8 in any period of twelve months (or, if shorter, the period commencing on the commencement of investment operations and ending on the last day of the month immediately preceding such loan payment date) may not exceed the lesser of (x) 8% of the funded capital commitments to the PPIF and (y) the cumulative net interest income of the PPIF for the preceding period of twelve months (or, if shorter, the period commencing on the commencement of investment operations and ending on the last day of the month immediately preceding such loan payment date);
 
 
9.
to the repayment of principal in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the product of (x) an applicable prepayment percentage multiplied by (y) the amount remaining on deposit in the custodial account available to be distributed and (ii) an amount which reduces the principal amount to zero (minus any amount paid on such loan payment date as provided in clauses 5 and 7 above; and
 
 
 
21

 
 
 
 
10.
so long as no incipient event of default is then continuing, to distributions to the Trust, the General Partner and the Treasury or the repayment of principal.
 
The PPIF would be limited in the amount of distributions it can make to its partners for so long as its asset coverage ratio is below 300%.  In addition, if the PPIF's asset coverage ratio falls below 225%, it will not be able to make distributions to any of its partners until such time as the asset coverage ratio is in excess of 225%.
 
Generally speaking, if the PPIF has defaulted on the Treasury Debt Financing, the Priority of Payments requires that the PPIF distribute investment proceeds in the following order:
 
 
1.
to payments on permitted administrative expenses of the PPIF;
 
 
2.
to payments on permitted interest rate hedges secured by Eligible Assets or other collateral of the PPIF (other than early termination payments attributable to counterparty default);
 
 
3.
to payments of interest and principal and any other amounts due to Treasury as the lender;
 
 
4.
to early termination payments under any permitted interest rate hedges secured by collateral attributable to counterparty default; and
 
 
5.
to payments to the PPIF for distribution to the Trust, the General Partner and the Treasury or the satisfaction of other obligations of the PPIF.
 
Events of default under the borrowing are customary for financings of this type and include non-payment of principal, inaccuracy of representations and warranties, violation of covenants, the actual or asserted invalidity of any security document or security interest, a vote to remove the General Partner and the removal of the General Partner for cause or the happening of a certain events relating to the Investment Team.
 
The PPIF will not borrow money other than through the Treasury Debt Financing.
 
The Trust may borrow money in an amount up to 5% of its total assets as a temporary measure for purposes of making distributions to shareholders in order to maintain its favorable tax status as a regulated investment company under the Code.  The Trust will not borrow money for investment purposes.
 
Warrants.  The PPIF will grant warrants to the Treasury in connection with its use of the Treasury Debt Financing.  The warrants provide for preferential payments by the PPIF to the Treasury after the PPIF has returned all of the capital invested in the PPIF by each of the Trust, the General Partner and the Treasury.  After the PPIF has paid to each partner distributions equal to the amount of capital each partner contributed to the PPIF, for every $100 that would otherwise be distributed to the Trust or the General Partner, as the case may be, $1.50 would be distributed to the Treasury and $98.50 would be distributed to the Trust or the General Partner, as the case may be.  Upon liquidation of the PPIF, the Treasury will be required to contribute to the PPIF the amount, if any, by which cumulative warrant payments it received exceeded 1.5% of the cumulative net profits earned by the Trust and the General Partner.
 
 
 
22

 
 
RISKS
 
General Risks Related to an Investment in the Trust
 
Delayed Listing
 
During an initial period which is not expected to exceed               from the date of this prospectus, the Trust's common shares will not be listed on any securities exchange.  During this period, the underwriters do not intend to make a market in the Trust's common shares.  Consequently, an investment in the Trust during this               period will likely be illiquid and shareholders may not be able to sell their common shares as it is unlikely that a secondary market for the common shares will develop during this period.  If a secondary market does develop during this               period, shareholders may be able to sell their common shares only at substantial discounts from net asset value.  The Trust intends to apply for listing on the New York Stock Exchange so that trading on such exchange will begin approximately              from the date of this prospectus.  The Trust's ability to list its common shares on the New York Stock Exchange is subject to meeting the standards for listing of such exchange, which the Trust expects it will meet (although no assurance can be given in this regard).  In the event the Trust's common shares are not approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange at the end of the  period, the Trust intends to apply to have the Trust's shares listed on the NASDAQ National Market System.  If the Trust is unable to list its common shares on a national securities exchange, shareholders may be unable to sell their common shares at all, or if they are able to, only at substantial discounts from net asset value.
 
Market Discount Risk
 
As with any stock, the price of the common shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If common shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by organizational costs and offering expenses paid by the Trust.  Common shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles.  Common shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their common shares in a relatively short period of time after the shares begin trading on a stock exchange. The Trust's common shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price.
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions
 
The Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to open-end status. These provisions could deprive the holders of common shares of opportunities to sell their common shares at a premium over the then current market price of the common shares or at net asset value.
 
General Risks Related to an Investment in the Funds
 
No Operating History
 
The Trust is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history and its common shares have no history of public trading.  The PPIF is a newly organized investment fund with no operating history.
 
Limited Term Risk
 
It is anticipated that the Trust will terminate shortly after the termination of the PPIF, which will terminate on or before                          .  As the assets of the Trust and the PPIF will be liquidated in connection with their respective terminations, each may be required to sell portfolio securities when they otherwise would not, including at times when market conditions are not favorable, which may cause them to lose money.  As they approach their respective termination dates, their respective portfolio composition may change as more of their original Eligible Assets mature or are called or sold, which may cause their returns to decrease and the net asset value of the common shares to fall. Rather than reinvesting the proceeds of matured, called or sold Eligible Assets, each may distribute the proceeds in one or more liquidating distributions prior to the final liquidation, which may cause fixed expenses to
 
 
23

 
 
increase when expressed as a percentage of assets under management, or they may invest the proceeds in lower yielding securities or hold the proceeds in cash, which may adversely affect their performance.
 
Upon its termination, it is anticipated that the PPIF will distribute substantially all of its net assets to shareholders.  The Trust, in turn, will distribute the proceeds received from the PPIF and the proceeds from any Eligible Assets it holds to its shareholders.  However, securities that the Trust receives in-kind from the PPIF, if any, or owns directly for which no market exists or securities trading at depressed prices, if any, may be placed in a liquidating trust.  Securities placed in a liquidating trust may be held for an indefinite period of time until they can pay out all of their cash flows or be sold. The Trust cannot predict the amount of securities that may be required to be placed in a liquidating trust.
 
The Trust's investment objective and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors that purchase shares in this offering their initial investment on the termination date, and such initial investors and any investors that purchase common shares after the completion of this offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination.
 
Leverage Risk
 
While the Trust will not engage directly in leverage for investment purposes, it may borrow up to 5% of its total assets as a temporary measure for purposes of making distributions to shareholders in order to maintain its favorable tax status as a regulated investment company under the Code.  In addition, the PPIF will utilize the Treasury Debt Financing for investment and portfolio management purposes in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total assets at the time of such borrowing.  As a result, the Trust will be subject to the risks associated with leverage.
 
Although leverage presents opportunities for increasing the total return of the Funds, it has the effect of potentially increasing losses as well.  Leverage is a speculative technique that exposes the Funds to greater risk and increased costs than if it were not implemented. Increases and decreases in the value of the Funds' portfolios will be magnified when leverage is used. When one or more means of achieving leveraged exposure to underlying financial assets are used in combination – such as the leveraged acquisition of asset backed securities which are themselves highly leveraged – the total degree of leverage employed may result in the market value of the investments held by the Funds experiencing high volatility and being subject to rapid diminution and loss.  The cumulative effect of the use of leverage in a market that moves adversely to the investments of the Funds or in the event portfolio investments experience credit quality deterioration could result in a substantial loss to the Funds, which could be substantially greater than if the Funds were not leveraged.  In addition, the maturity of a portfolio investment may be longer than the term of the loan used to finance such portfolio investment, which could require refinancing or disposing of such portfolio investment at unfavorable terms.  The use of leverage will also magnify investment, market and certain other risks.
 
  The Funds will also have to pay interest on borrowings, which may reduce the return of the Funds. This interest expense may be greater than the return on the underlying investment.  The Funds' leveraging strategy may not be successful.  Borrowing funds through the PPIP involves certain other unique risks that may impact the Funds.  See "Risks—Certain Risks Related to the PPIP."
 
Investment Focus
 
The Funds will invest substantially all of their portfolios in Eligible Assets.  As such, they will be affected to a greater degree by events affecting the market for Eligible Assets than if they invested in a broader array of fixed-income securities and other types of securities, and such impacts could be considerably greater than if they did not focus their investments to such an extent. Such restrictions on the type of securities in which the Funds may invest may adversely affect the Funds' ability to achieve their investment objectives
 
Value Style Risk
 
The Funds will invest in Eligible Assets that the Investment Team believes are undervalued or mispriced as a result of recent economic events, such as market dislocations, an inability of other investors to evaluate risk and forced selling. If their perception of the value of a security is incorrect, your investment in the Trust may lose value.
 
 
24

 
 
Investment and Market Risk
 
An investment in the common shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in the Trust's common shares represents an indirect investment in its portfolio securities, and the value of these securities will move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The Funds intend to take advantage of current market dislocations by buying Eligible Assets at depressed prices, but if such dislocations do not persist during the period when the Funds are investing the net proceeds from this offering, their returns may be adversely affected. At any point in time an investment in the common shares may be worth less than the original amount invested, even after taking into account reinvestment of dividends and distributions.
 
Competitive Market for Investment Opportunities
 
The activity of identifying, completing and realizing attractive portfolio investments is competitive and involves a high degree of uncertainty.  Such uncertainty is magnified by the limited duration and other restrictions of the PPIP.  The Funds will be competing for access to a number of attractive investments with other similarly situated investors, including other Public-Private Investment Funds participating in the PPIP, as well as wealthy individuals, financial institutions and other investors.  Additional third-party managed investment funds with similar objectives may be formed in the future.  Given the foregoing, it is possible that competition for appropriate portfolio investments may increase, thus reducing the number of attractive portfolio investment opportunities available to the Funds and may adversely affect the terms upon which investments can be made.  There can be no assurance that the Funds will be able to locate, consummate and exit investments that satisfy their investment objectives, or that they will be able to fully invest the net proceeds from this offering in Eligible Assets.
 
Inflation Risk
 
Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investment will be worth less in the future, as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the common shares and distributions on those shares can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, interest rates on any borrowings by the Funds would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to the holders of common shares.
 
Liquidity Risk
 
The Funds may invest in Eligible Assets for which there is no readily available trading market or which are otherwise illiquid. The Funds may not be able to readily dispose of such securities at prices that approximate those at which the Funds could sell such securities if they were more widely-traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Funds may have to sell other investments to raise cash to meet their respective obligations. Dispositions of these securities may require a lengthy time period and may hinder the Funds' ability to make cash distributions.  The Funds may also acquire securities that cannot be sold except pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act"), or in accordance with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.  There can be no assurance that private purchasers can be found for the investments of the Funds.  Limited liquidity can also affect the market price of securities, thereby adversely affecting the Funds' net asset values and their ability to make dividend distributions.  This risk may be exacerbated by rules under the PPIP which will prohibit the PPIF from selling Eligible Assets to other Public-Private Investment Funds and to affiliates of BlackRock Advisors and                .
 
Insolvency Considerations with Respect to Issuers of Indebtedness
 
Various laws enacted for the protection of U.S. creditors may apply to Eligible Assets in which the Funds invest.  If a court in a lawsuit brought by an unpaid creditor or representative of the creditors of an issuer of Eligible Assets, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, were to find that the issuer did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for incurring the indebtedness, and after giving effect to such indebtedness, the issuer (i) was insolvent, (ii) was engaged in a business for which the remaining assets of such issuer constituted unreasonably small capital or (iii) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, such court could determine to invalidate, in whole or in part, such indebtedness as a fraudulent conveyance, to subordinate such indebtedness to existing or future creditors of such issuer, or to recover amounts previously paid by such issuer in satisfaction of such indebtedness.  The measure of insolvency for purposes of the
 
 
25

 
 
foregoing will vary.  Generally, an issuer would be considered insolvent at a particular time if the sum of its debts were then greater than all of its property at a fair valuation, or if the present fair saleable value of its assets was then less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liabilities on its existing debts as they became absolute and matured.  There can be no assurance as to what standard a court would apply in order to determine whether the issuer was "insolvent" after giving effect to the incurrence of the indebtedness in which the Funds invested or that, regardless of the method of valuation, a court would not determine that the issuer was "insolvent" upon giving effect to such incurrence.  In addition, in the event of the insolvency of an issuer of indebtedness in which the Funds invest, payments made on such indebtedness could be subject to avoidance as a "preference" if made within a certain period of time (which may be as long as one year) before insolvency.  In general, if payments on indebtedness are avoidable, whether as fraudulent conveyances or preferences, such payments can be recaptured from the Funds.
 
Portfolio Valuation for Financial Accounting and Other Reporting Purposes
 
Valuations of the portfolio investments may involve uncertainties and judgment determinations.  Third-party pricing information can vary considerably from one dealer or pricing service to another, and may at times not be available regarding certain of the investments of the Funds.  A disruption in the secondary markets for the investments of the Funds may make it difficult to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing portfolio investments for financial accounting, borrowing and other reporting purposes.  Further, because of the overall size and concentrations in particular markets and maturities of positions that may be held by the Funds from time to time, the liquidation values of portfolio investments may differ significantly from the valuations of such portfolio investments derived from the valuation methods described herein.
 
Variable Debt Risk
 
The absence of an active secondary market with respect to particular variable and floating rate instruments could make it difficult for the Funds to dispose of a variable or floating rate note if the issuer defaulted on its payment obligation or during periods that the Funds are not entitled to exercise their demand rights, and the Funds could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss with respect to such instruments.
 
Risk Management
 
The Funds are expected to employ a variety of BlackRock's and                proprietary risk analytics and risk management tools in connection with making and monitoring portfolio investments.  Prospective investors should be aware that no risk management or portfolio analytics system is fail-safe, and no assurance can be given that risk frameworks employed by either BlackRock Advisors and/or                (e.g., stop-win, stop-loss, Sharpe Ratios, loss limits, value-at-risk or any other methodology now known or later developed) will achieve their objectives and prevent or otherwise limit substantial losses.  No assurance can be given that the risk management systems and techniques or pricing models will accurately predict future trading patterns or the manner in which investments are priced in financial markets in the future.  In addition, certain risk management tools may rely on certain assumptions (e.g., historical interest rates, anticipated rate trends) and such assumptions may prove incorrect.
 
Reliance on the Investment Team
 
The success of the Funds will depend, in large part, on the skill and expertise of the Investment Team.  Pursuant to the terms of the PPIP, certain key members of the Investment Team have agreed to spend a certain portion of their working time (individually or in the aggregate) in the business and affairs of the PPIF and the fixed income business of BlackRock.  The failure of these individuals to meet their respective benchmarks could lead the Treasury (with the consent of one third of the Trust's shareholders) to remove the General Partner from the PPIF.  Although such key members of the Investment Team will devote such time as they determine is necessary to carry out the operations of the Funds effectively, they will not devote all of their professional time to the affairs of the Funds.
 
Potential Conflicts of Interest
 
BlackRock Advisors and                each manage other registered investment companies, separate accounts, private investment funds and other investment funds, including those with investment policies similar to the Funds,
 
 
26

 
 
which may raise potential conflicts of interest, including those associated with allocating management time, services and functions, and there can be no assurance that any actual or potential conflicts of interest will not result in the Funds receiving less favorable investment terms in certain investments than if such conflicts of interest did not exist.  See "Management of the Trust and the PPIF—Potential Conflicts of Interest."
 
Recent Developments
 
The debt and equity capital markets in the United States have been negatively impacted by significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to sub-prime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market, among other things. These events, along with the deterioration of the housing market, the failure of major financial institutions and the resulting United States federal government actions have led to worsening general economic conditions, which have materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and have reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial firms in particular. These developments may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned by the Funds and also may make it more difficult for the Funds to accurately value securities or to sell securities on a timely basis. These developments have adversely affected the broader economy, and may continue to do so, which in turn may adversely affect the ability of issuers of securities owned by the Funds to make payments of principal and interest when due, lead to lower credit ratings and increase defaults. Such developments could, in turn, reduce the value of securities owned by the Funds and adversely affect the net asset value of the Funds. In addition, the prolonged continuation or further deterioration of current market conditions could adversely impact the Funds' portfolios.
 
Government Intervention in Financial Markets
 
The recent instability in the financial markets discussed above has led the U.S. Government to take a number of unprecedented actions (including the creation of the PPIP) designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies, or self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which the Funds invest, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Trust itself is regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Funds' ability to achieve their investment objectives.
 
Governments or their agencies may also acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such a program may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of the Funds' portfolio holdings.
 
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk
 
The aftermath of the war in Iraq, instability in Afghanistan, Pakistan and the Middle East and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world may result in market volatility, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. The Trust does not know how long the securities markets may be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of the occupation or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets.
 
TARP and the Financial Stability Plan
 
On October 3, 2008, the U.S. Congress enacted the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA"), which included the Troubled Asset Relief Plan ("TARP"). TARP is a $700 billion program which permits the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury (the "Treasury Secretary") to buy certain troubled assets. Financial institutions eligible to participate in TARP include, but are not necessarily limited to, depository institutions, brokers and dealers and insurance companies that are established and regulated under U.S. laws and have significant operations in the U.S. The announced initial focus of EESA was commercial and residential mortgages and mortgage-related securities, however, the Treasury Secretary is authorized to purchase any other type of financial instrument if the Treasury Secretary determines that such purchase is necessary to promote financial market stability. In mid-November 2008, the Treasury Secretary announced revisions to TARP including a shifted focus towards strengthening financial institution balance sheets through direct purchases of equity in financial institutions rather
 
 
27

 
 
than on purchasing troubled assets and additional changes may be made to TARP over time. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets and equity stakes are unclear, and such a program may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of the Trust's investments. Other governments may enact similar legislation. In early 2009, the Treasury Secretary announced the Financial Stability Plan ("FSP"), which is aimed at restoring stability to the American financial system. The implications of the EESA, TARP and FSP are unclear at this time, and such programs may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of the Trust's investments.
 
PPIF Not Registered
 
The PPIF is not registered under the Investment Company Act.  The Investment Company Act provides certain protections to investors such as an independent board of directors and imposes certain investor protection restrictions on registered investment companies and their affiliates, none of which will be applicable to the PPIF.
 
Restrictions Placed on Hedging
 
The PPIP imposes restrictions on the ability of the PPIF to hedge its portfolio.  Specifically, without the Treasury's consent, the PPIF may only use interest rate swaps, caps and collars solely for the purpose of hedging interest rate mismatches between the Treasury Debt Financing and Eligible Assets.  The PPIF's ability to in engage in any other hedging strategy will require the consent of Treasury.  There can be no assurance that the Treasury will allow the PPIF to engage in any other hedging strategy, which could result in the PPIF suffering losses it otherwise would not have had it been allowed to engage in such hedging strategy.  While the Trust is not necessarily subject to the restrictions imposed by the PPIP on hedging, it has agreed to abide by these restrictions.  The Statement of Additional Information contains a more detailed description of the various hedging strategies and the risks related to them under "Investment Policies and Techniques" and "Risks."
 
Risks Related to Investments in Eligible Assets
 
The Funds will invest substantially all of their assets, directly or indirectly, in Eligible Assets.
 
Eligible Assets generally are debt securities that entitle the holders thereof to receive payments of interest and principal that depend primarily on the cash flow from or sale proceeds of a specified pool of assets, either fixed or revolving, that by their terms convert into cash within a finite time period, together with rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to holders of such securities.  Investments in these securities may be speculative.
 
Investing in Eligible Assets entails various risks: credit risks, liquidity risks, interest rate risks, market risks, operations risks, structural risks, geographical concentration risks, basis risks and legal risks.  Eligible Assets are subject to the significant credit risks inherent in the underlying collateral and to the risk that the servicer fails to perform.  Eligible Assets are subject to risks associated with their structure and execution, including the process by which principal and interest payments are allocated and distributed to investors, how credit losses affect the issuing vehicle and the return to investors in such Eligible Assets, whether the collateral represents a fixed set of specific assets or accounts, whether the underlying collateral assets are revolving or closed-end, under what terms (including maturity of the Eligible Asset) any remaining balance in the accounts may revert to the issuing entity and the extent to which the entity that is the actual source of the collateral assets is obligated to provide support to the issuing vehicle or to the investors in such Eligible Asset.  In addition, concentrations of Eligible Assets of a particular type, as well as concentrations of Eligible Assets issued or guaranteed by affiliated obligors, serviced by the same servicer or backed by underlying collateral located in a specific geographic region, may subject the Eligible Assets to additional risk.  Below is a more detailed description of the risks associated with specific types of Eligible Assets.
 
Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk
 
The risks associated with mortgage-backed securities include: (1) credit risk associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties; (2) adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on mortgage-backed securities secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties; (3) prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in value of the mortgage-
 
 
28

 
 
backed security; (4) loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and (5) decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates, prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral or perceptions of the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage collateral.
 
Mortgage-backed securities represent an interest in a pool of mortgages. When market interest rates decline, more mortgages are refinanced and the securities are paid off earlier than expected. Prepayments may also occur on a scheduled basis or due to foreclosure. When market interest rates increase, the market values of mortgage-backed securities decline. At the same time, however, mortgage refinancings and prepayments slow, which lengthens the effective maturities of these securities. As a result, the negative effect of the rate increase on the market value of mortgage-backed securities is usually more pronounced than it is for other types of debt securities. In addition, due to increased instability in the credit markets, the market for some mortgage-backed securities has experienced reduced liquidity and greater volatility with respect to the value of such securities, making it more difficult to value such securities.
 
Moreover, the relationship between prepayments and interest rates may give some high-yielding mortgage-related and asset-backed securities less potential for growth in value than conventional bonds with comparable maturities. In addition, in periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayments tends to increase. During such periods, the reinvestment of prepayment proceeds by the Funds will generally be at lower rates than the rates that were carried by the obligations that have been prepaid. Because of these and other reasons, mortgage-related and asset-backed security's total return and maturity may be difficult to predict precisely. To the extent that the Funds purchases mortgage-related at a premium, prepayments (which may be made without penalty) may result in loss of the Funds' principal investment to the extent of premium paid.
 
Mortgage-backed securities generally are classified as either CMBS or RMBS, each of which are subject to certain specific risks.
 
CMBS Risk
 
CMBS are, generally, securities backed by obligations (including certificates of participation in obligations) that are principally secured by mortgages on real property or interests therein having a multifamily or commercial use, such as regional malls, other retail space, office buildings, industrial or warehouse properties, hotels, nursing homes and senior living centers.  The market for CMBS developed more recently and, in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues, is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family mortgage-related securities. CMBS are subject to particular risks, including lack of standardized terms, shorter maturities than residential mortgage loans and payment of all or substantially all of the principal only at maturity rather than regular amortization of principal.  Additional risks may be presented by the type and use of a particular commercial property.  Special risks are presented by hospitals, nursing homes, hospitality properties and certain other property types.  Commercial property values and net operating income are subject to volatility, which may result in net operating income becoming insufficient to cover debt service on the related mortgage loan.  The repayment of loans secured by income-producing properties is typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate project rather than upon the liquidation value of the underlying real estate.  Furthermore, the net operating income from and value of any commercial property is subject to various risks, including changes in general or local economic conditions and/or specific industry segments; the solvency of the related tenants; declines in real estate values; declines in rental or occupancy rates; increases in interest rates, real estate tax rates and other operating expenses; changes in governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies; acts of God; terrorist threats and attacks and social unrest and civil disturbances.  Consequently, adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on mortgage-related securities secured by loans on commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties. In addition, commercial lending generally is viewed as exposing the lender to a greater risk of loss than one- to four- family residential lending. Commercial lending, for example, typically involves larger loans to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers than residential one- to four- family mortgage loans. In addition, the repayment of loans secured by income producing properties typically is dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate project and the cash flow generated therefrom.  The exercise of remedies and successful realization of liquidation proceeds relating to CMBS is also highly dependent on the performance of the servicer or special servicer.  There may be a limited number of special servicers available, particularly those that do not have conflicts of interest.
 
 
29

 
 
Non-Agency RMBS Risk
 
Non-agency RMBS are securities the payments on which depend (except for rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to holders of such securities) primarily on the cash flow from residential mortgage loans made to borrowers that are secured (on a first priority basis or second priority basis, subject to permitted liens, easements and other encumbrances) by residential real estate (one- to four- family properties) the proceeds of which are used to purchase real estate and purchase or construct dwellings thereon (or to refinance indebtedness previously so used).  Non-agency RMBS are subject to various risks as described herein.
 
Credit-Related Risk Associated with Borrowers on Non-Agency RMBS.  Credit-related risk on non-agency RMBS arises from losses due to delinquencies and defaults by the borrowers in payments on the underlying mortgage loans and breaches by originators and servicers of their obligations under the underlying documentation pursuant to which the non-agency RMBS are issued.  Residential mortgage loans are obligations of the borrowers thereunder only and are not typically insured or guaranteed by any other person or entity.  The rate of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans and the aggregate amount of the resulting losses will be affected by a number of factors, including general economic conditions, particularly those in the area where the related mortgaged property is located, the level of the borrower's equity in the mortgaged property and the individual financial circumstances of the borrower.  If a residential mortgage loan is in default, foreclosure on the related residential property may be a lengthy and difficult process involving significant legal and other expenses.  The net proceeds obtained by the holder on a residential mortgage loan following the foreclosure on the related property may be less than the total amount that remains due on the loan.  The prospect of incurring a loss upon the foreclosure of the related property may lead the holder of the residential mortgage loan to restructure the residential mortgage loan or otherwise delay the foreclosure process.
 
In addition to the foregoing considerations, the market for defaulted residential mortgage loans and foreclosed real estate properties may be very limited.  In particular, the economic conditions that lead to a higher rate of delinquencies and defaults on a portfolio of real estate mortgage loans may also lead to a reduction in the value of the related real estate properties, which in turn will result in greater losses upon a foreclosure of the real estate properties.  At any one time, a portfolio of non-agency RMBS may be backed by residential mortgage loans that are highly concentrated in only a few states or regions.  As a result, the performance of such residential mortgage loans may be more susceptible to a downturn in the economy, including in particular industries that are highly represented in such states or regions, natural calamities and other adverse conditions affecting such areas.  In addition, the residential mortgage loans underlying non-agency RMBS may include so-called "jumbo" residential mortgage loans, having original principal balances that are significantly higher than is generally the case for residential mortgage loans.  If the portfolio of residential mortgage loans underlying a non-agency RMBS includes a high concentration of "jumbo" residential mortgage loans, the performance of the non-agency RMBS will be more susceptible to the performance of individual borrowers and adverse economic conditions in general than would otherwise be the case.
 
Beginning in 2007, delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans have increased significantly and may continue to increase, particularly in the case of sub-prime and adjustable-rate mortgage loans that support or secure certain types of non-agency RMBS.  In addition, in recent months, residential property values in many states and geographic areas have declined, after extended periods during which those values appreciated.  A continued lack of increase or decline in those values may result in additional increases in delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans generally, especially with respect to second homes and investor properties, and with respect to any residential mortgage loans where the aggregate loan amounts (including any subordinate loans) are close to or greater than the related property values, which may make it difficult to refinance or sell the related property.  The recent economic downturn experienced at the national level and the more serious economic downturn experienced in certain geographic areas of the United States, including in particular areas of the United States where rates of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans have already accelerated, may further contribute to the higher rates of delinquencies and defaults on the residential mortgage loans underlying the non-agency RMBS.  There also can be no assurance that areas of the United States that have mostly avoided higher rates of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans will continue to do so if an economic downturn in the economy continues at the national level.
 
Another factor that may contribute to, and may in the future result in, higher delinquency and default rates is the increase in monthly payments on adjustable-rate mortgage loans.  Any increase in prevailing market interest
 
 
30

 
 
rates may result in increased payments for borrowers who have adjustable-rate mortgage loans.  Moreover, with respect to hybrid mortgage loans after their initial fixed-rate period or other so-called adjustable-rate mortgage loans, interest-only products or products having a lower rate, and with respect to mortgage loans with a negative amortization feature which reach their negative amortization cap, borrowers may experience a substantial increase in their monthly payment even without an increase in prevailing market interest rates.  The past performance of the market for non-agency RMBS is not a reliable indicator of the future performance of non-agency RMBS because of the unprecedented and unpredictable nature of the recent performance of the residential mortgage loan market.
 
As a result of rising concerns about increases in delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans (particularly on sub-prime and adjustable-rate mortgage loans) and as a result of increasing concerns about the financial strength of originators and servicers and their ability to perform their obligations with respect to non-agency RMBS, there may be an adverse change in the market sentiments of investors about the market values and volatility and the degree of risk of non-agency RMBS generally.  Some or all of the underlying residential mortgage loans in an issue of non-agency RMBS may have a balloon payment due on the applicable maturity date.  Balloon residential mortgage loans involve a greater risk to a lender than fully amortizing loans, because the ability of a borrower to pay such amount will normally depend on its ability to obtain refinancing of the related mortgage loan or sell the related mortgaged property at a price sufficient to permit the borrower to make the balloon payment, which will depend on a number of factors prevailing at the time such refinancing or sale is required, including, without limitation, the strength of the local or national residential real estate markets, interest rates and general economic conditions and the financial condition of the borrower.  If borrowers are unable to make such balloon payments, the related issue of non-agency RMBS may experience losses.
 
Credit Risk Associated with Originators and Servicers of Residential Mortgage Loans.  A number of originators and servicers of residential mortgage loans, including some of the largest originators and servicers in the residential mortgage loan market, have experienced serious financial difficulties, including some that are now subject to federal insolvency proceedings.  These difficulties have resulted from many factors, including increased competition among originators for borrowers, decreased originations by such originators of mortgage loans and increased delinquencies and defaults on such mortgage loans, as well as from increases in claims for repurchases of mortgage loans previously sold by them under agreements that require repurchase in the event of breaches of representations regarding loan quality and characteristics.  Such difficulties may affect the performance of such non-agency RMBS backed by those mortgage loans.  Furthermore, the inability of the originator to repurchase such mortgage loans in the event of loan representation breaches or the servicer to repurchase such mortgage loans upon a breach of its servicing obligations also may affect the performance of such non-agency RMBS.  Delinquencies and losses on, and, in some cases, claims for repurchase by the originator of, mortgage loans originated by some mortgage lenders have recently increased as a result of inadequate underwriting procedures and policies, including inadequate due diligence, failure to comply with predatory and other lending laws and, particularly in the case of any "no documentation" or "limited documentation" mortgage loans that may support non-agency RMBS, inadequate verification of income and employment history.  Delinquencies and losses on, and claims for repurchase of, mortgage loans originated by some mortgage lenders have also resulted from fraudulent activities of borrowers, lenders, appraisers, and other residential mortgage industry participants such as mortgage brokers, including misstatements of income and employment history, identity theft and overstatements of the appraised value of mortgaged properties.  Many of these originators and servicers are very highly leveraged.  These difficulties may also increase the chances that these entities may default on their warehousing or other credit lines or become insolvent or bankrupt and thereby increase the likelihood that repurchase obligations will not be fulfilled and the potential for loss to holders and subordinated security holders.
 
The servicers of non-agency RMBS are often the same entities as, or affiliates of, the originators of these mortgage loans.  Accordingly, the financial risks relating to originators of non-agency RMBS described immediately above also may affect the servicing of non-agency RMBS.  In the case of such servicers, and other servicers, financial difficulties may have a negative effect on the ability of servicers to pursue collection on mortgage loans that are experiencing increased delinquencies and defaults and to maximize recoveries on sale of underlying properties following foreclosure.
 
Non-agency RMBS typically provide that the servicer is required to make advances in respect of delinquent mortgage loans.  However, servicers experiencing financial difficulties may not be able to perform these obligations or obligations that they may have to other parties of transactions involving these securities.  Like originators, these
 
 
31

 
 
entities are typically very highly leveraged.  Such difficulties may cause defaults under their financing arrangements.  In certain cases, such entities may be forced to seek bankruptcy protection.  Servicers who have sought bankruptcy protection may, due to application of the provisions of bankruptcy law, not be required to advance such amounts.  Even if a servicer were able to advance amounts in respect of delinquent mortgage loans, its obligation to make such advances may be limited to the extent that it does not expect to recover such advances due to the deteriorating credit of the delinquent mortgage loans or declining value of the related mortgaged properties.  Moreover, servicers may overadvance against a particular mortgage loan or charge too many costs of resolution or foreclosure of a mortgage loan to a securitization, which could increase the potential losses to holders of non-agency RMBS.  In such transactions, a servicer's obligation to make such advances may also be limited to the amount of its servicing fee.  In addition, if an issue of non-agency RMBS provides for interest on advances made by the servicer, in the event that foreclosure proceeds or payments by borrowers are not sufficient to cover such interest, such interest will be paid to the servicer from available collections or other mortgage income, thereby reducing distributions made on the non-agency RMBS and, in the case of senior-subordinated non-agency RMBS described below, first from distributions that would otherwise be made on the most subordinated non-agency RMBS of such issue.  Any such financial difficulties may increase the possibility of a servicer termination and the need for a transfer of servicing and any such liabilities or inability to assess such liabilities may increase the difficulties and costs in affecting such transfer and the potential loss, through the allocation of such increased cost of such transfer, to subordinated security holders.
 
There can be no assurance that originators and servicers of mortgage loans will not continue to experience serious financial difficulties or experience such difficulties in the future, including becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, or that underwriting procedures and policies and protections against fraud will be sufficient in the future to prevent such financial difficulties or significant levels of default or delinquency on mortgage loans.  Because the recent financial difficulties experienced by such originators and services is unprecedented and unpredictable, the past performance of the residential mortgage loans originated and serviced by them (and the corresponding performance of the related non-agency RMBS) is not a reliable indicator of the future performance of such residential mortgage loans (or the related non-agency RMBS).
 
Prepayment Risk Associated with Non-Agency RMBS.  Non-agency RMBS are susceptible to prepayment risks.  Except in the case of certain types of non-agency RMBS, the mortgage loans underlying non-agency RMBS generally do not contain prepayment penalties and a reduction in market interest rates will increase the likelihood of prepayments on the related non-agency RMBS, resulting in a reduction in yield to maturity for most holders of such securities.  In the case of certain home equity loan securities and certain types of non-agency RMBS, even though the underlying mortgage loans often contain prepayment premiums, such prepayment premiums may not be sufficient to discourage borrowers from prepaying their mortgage loans in the event of a reduction in market interest rates, resulting in a reduction in the yield to maturity for holders of the related non-agency RMBS.  In addition to reductions in the level of market interest rates and the prepayment provisions of the mortgage loans, repayments on the residential mortgage loans underlying an issue of non-agency RMBS may also be affected by a variety of economic, geographic and other factors, including the size difference between the interest rates on the underlying residential mortgage loans (giving consideration to the cost of refinancing) and prevailing mortgage rates and the availability of refinancing.  In general, if prevailing interest rates fall significantly below the interest rates on the related residential mortgage loans, the rate of prepayment on the underlying residential mortgage loans would be expected to increase.  Conversely, if prevailing interest rates rise to a level significantly above the interest rates on the related mortgage loans, the rate of prepayment would be expected to decrease.  Prepayments could reduce the yield received on the related issue of non-agency RMBS.
 
As described above, non-agency RMBS typically contain provisions that require repurchase of mortgage loans by the originator or other seller in the event of a breach of a representation or warranty regarding loan quality and characteristics of such loan.  Any repurchase of a mortgage loan as a result of a breach has the same effect on the yield received on the related issue of non-agency RMBS as a prepayment of such mortgage loan.  Any increase in breaches of representations and the consequent repurchases of mortgage loans that result from inadequate underwriting procedures and policies and protections against fraud as described above will have the same effect on the yield on the related non-agency RMBS as an increase in prepayment rates.
 
Extension Risk.  Extension risk is the flip side of prepayment risk.  Extension, or slower prepayments of the underlying mortgage loans, would extend the time it would take to receive cash flows and would generally compress the yield on non-agency RMBS and CMBS.  Rising interest rates can cause the average maturity of the Funds to
 
 
32

 
 
lengthen due to a drop in mortgage prepayments.  This will increase both the sensitivity to rising interest rates and the potential for price declines of the Funds.
 
"Widening" Risk.  The prices of non-agency RMBS may decline substantially, for reasons that may not be attributable to any of the other risks described in this prospectus.  In particular, purchasing assets at what may appear to be "undervalued" levels is no guarantee that these assets will not be trading at even more "undervalued" levels at a time of valuation or at the time of sale.  It may not be possible to predict, or to protect against, such "spread widening" risk.
 
Interest Rate Risk Associated with Non-Agency RMBS Securities and CMBS.  The rate of interest payable on certain non-agency RMBS and CMBS may be set or effectively capped at the weighted average net coupon of the underlying mortgage loans themselves, often referred to as an "available funds cap."  As a result of this cap, the return to the holder of such non-agency RMBS and CMBS is dependent on the relative timing and rate of delinquencies and prepayments of mortgage loans bearing a higher rate of interest.  In general, early prepayments will have a greater negative impact on the yield to the holder of such non-agency RMBS and CMBS.
 
The value of fixed rate debt securities can be expected to vary inversely with changes in prevailing interest rates.  Fixed rate debt securities with longer maturities, which tend to produce higher yields, are subject to potentially greater capital appreciation and depreciation than securities with shorter maturities.  The Funds are not restricted to any maximum or minimum time to maturity in purchasing Eligible Assets subject to the restrictions imposed by the PPIP if applicable, and the average maturity of the assets of the Funds may vary.
 
Structural Risks Associated with CMBS and Non-Agency RMBS.  Because non-agency RMBS generally are ownership or participation interests in pools of mortgage loans secured by a pool of one- to four-family residential properties underlying the mortgage loan pool, the non-agency RMBS are entitled to payments provided for in the underlying agreement only when and if funds are generated by the underlying mortgage loan pool.  This likelihood of the return of interest and principal may be assessed as a credit matter.  However, the holders of non-agency RMBS do not have the legal status of secured creditors, and cannot accelerate a claim for payment on their securities, or force a sale of the mortgage loan pool in the event that insufficient funds exist to pay such amounts on any date designated for such payment.  The holders of non-agency RMBS do not typically have any right to remove a servicer solely as a result of a failure of the mortgage pool to perform as expected.  A similar risk is associated with CMBS.
 
Subordination Risk Associated with Non-Agency RMBS and CMBS.  The non-agency RMBS and CMBS may be subordinated to one or more other senior classes of securities of the same series for purposes of, among other things, offsetting losses and other shortfalls with respect to the related underlying mortgage loans.  In addition, for example, in the case of certain non-agency RMBS and CMBS, no distributions of principal will generally be made with respect to any class until the aggregate principal balances of the corresponding senior classes of securities have been reduced to zero.  As a result, the subordinate classes are more sensitive to risk of loss, writedowns, the non-fulfillment of repurchase obligations, overadvancing on a pool of loans and the costs of transferring servicing than senior classes of such securities.
 
Legal Risks Associated with Non-Agency RMBS.  Legal risks can arise as a result of the procedures followed in connection with the origination of the mortgage loans or the servicing thereof which may be subject to various federal and state laws (including, without limitation, predatory lending laws), public policies and principles of equity regulating interest rates and other charges, require certain disclosures, require licensing of originators, prohibit discriminatory lending practices, regulate the use of consumer credit information and debt collection practices and may limit the servicer's ability to collect all or part of the principal of or interest on a residential mortgage loan, entitle the borrower to a refund of amounts previously paid by it or subject the servicer to damages and sanctions.  Specifically, provisions of federal predatory lending laws, such as the federal Truth-in-Lending Act (as supplemented by the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994) and Regulation Z, and various recently enacted state predatory lending laws provide that a purchaser or assignee of specified types of residential mortgage loans (including an issuer of non-agency RMBS) may be held liable for violations by the originator of such mortgage loans.  Under such assignee liability provisions, a borrower is generally given the right to assert against a purchaser of its mortgage loan any affirmative claims and defenses to payment such borrower could assert against the originator of the loan or, where applicable, the home improvement contractor that arranged the loan.  Liability under such assignee liability provisions could, therefore, result in a disruption of cash flows allocated to the
 
 
33

 
 
holders of non-agency RMBS where either the issuer of such non-agency RMBS is liable in damages or is unable to enforce payment by the borrower.  In most but not all cases, the amount recoverable against a purchaser or assignee under such assignee liability provisions is limited to amounts previously paid and still owed by the borrower.  Moreover, sellers of residential mortgage loans to an issuer of non-agency RMBS typically represent that the loans have been originated in accordance with all applicable laws and in the event such representation is breached, the seller typically must repurchase the offending loan.
 
Notwithstanding these protections, an issuer of non-agency RMBS may be exposed to an unquantifiable amount of potential assignee liability because, first, the amount of potential assignee liability under certain predatory lending laws is unclear and has yet to be litigated, and, second, in the event a predatory lending law does not prohibit class action lawsuits, it is possible that an issuer of non-agency RMBS could be liable in damages for more than the original principal amount of the offending loans held by it and must then seek contribution from other parties, who may no longer exist or have adequate funds available.
 
In addition, structural and legal risks of non-agency RMBS include the possibility that, in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding involving the originator or the servicer (often the same entity or affiliates), the assets of the issuer could be treated as never having been truly sold by the originator to the issuer and could be substantively consolidated with those of the originator, or the transfer of such assets to the issuer could be voided as a fraudulent transfer.  Challenges based on such doctrines could result also in cash flow delays and losses on the related issue of non-agency RMBS.
 
In some cases, servicers of non-agency RMBS have been the subject of legal proceedings involving the origination and/or servicing practices of such servicers.  Large groups of private litigants and states attorneys general have brought such proceedings.  Because of the large volume of mortgage loans originated and serviced by such servicers, such litigation can cause heightened financial strain on such entities.  In other cases, origination and servicing practices may cause or contribute to such strain, because of representation and warranty repurchase liability arising in mortgage-backed securities and mortgage loan sale transactions.  Any such strain could cause any such servicer to service below required standards, causing delinquencies and losses in any related mortgage-backed securities transaction to rise, and in extreme cases could cause the servicer to seek the protection of any applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law.  In any such proceeding, it is unclear whether the fees that the servicer charges in such transactions would be sufficient to permit that servicer or a successor servicer to service the mortgage loans in such transaction adequately.  If such fees had to be increased, it is likely that the most subordinated security holders in such transactions would be effectively required to pay such increased fees.  Finally, these entities may be the subject of future laws designed to protect consumers from defaulting on their mortgage loans.  Such laws may have an adverse effect on the cash flows paid under such non-agency RMBS.
 
In the past year, a number of lenders specializing in residential mortgages have sought bankruptcy protection, shut down or been refused further financings from their lenders.  In addition, certain lenders who service and/or issue non-agency RMBS have recently announced that they are being investigated by or have received information requests from U.S. federal and/or state authorities, including the SEC.  As a result of such investigations and other similar investigations and general concerns about the adequacy or accuracy of disclosure of risks to borrowers and their understanding of such risks, U.S. financial regulators have recently indicated that they may propose new guidelines for the mortgage industry.  Guidelines, if introduced, together with the other factors described herein, may make it more difficult for borrowers with weaker credit to refinance, which may lead to further increases in delinquencies, extensions in duration and losses in mortgage-related assets.  Furthermore, because some mortgage loans have high recoveries, and as property values decline, increasing loan-to-value ratios, recoveries on some defaulted mortgage loans are more likely to be less than the amounts owed under such mortgage loans, resulting in higher net losses than would have been the case had property values remained the same or increased.
 
Legislation and Government Plans Potentially Affecting the Value of Non-Agency RMBS.  The significance of the mortgage crisis and loan defaults in residential mortgage loan sectors led to the enactment in July 2008 of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, a wide-ranging housing rescue bill that offers up to $300 billion in assistance to troubled homeowners and emergency assistance to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, companies that operate under federal charter and play a vital role in providing financing for the housing markets.  The above-mentioned housing bill could potentially have a material adverse effect on the Funds' investment programs as the bill, among other things, (1) allows approximately 400,000 homeowners to refinance into affordable, government-
 
 
34

 
 
backed loans through a program run by the Federal Housing Authority, a division of the U.S. Housing and Urban Development ("HUD") and (2) provides approximately $180 million for "pre-foreclosure" housing counseling and legal services for distressed borrowers.  In addition, the mortgage crisis has led public advocacy groups to demand, and governmental officials to propose and consider a variety of other "bailout" and "rescue" plans that could potentially have a material adverse effect on the Funds' investment programs.  According to reports of the Congressional Research Service ("CRS"), some members of the U.S. Congress are concerned that the downturn in the housing market has played a role in the rise of late mortgage payments and foreclosures and expect that these conditions will lead to increased filings for bankruptcy.  In 2007, U.S. Treasury then-Secretary Henry Paulson and HUD then-Secretary Alphonso Jackson and the mortgage industry worked to develop HOPE NOW, an alliance of participants in the mortgage industry intended to work with borrowers with sub-prime mortgages facing interest rate increases and increasing payments.  CRS reports that HOPE NOW, which is available to homeowners through free telephone consultations with HUD-approved credit counselors, is urging delinquent homeowners to talk with their lenders and credit counselors to explore either an interest rate freeze or a new mortgage.  Certain borrowers may also seek relief through the Federal Housing Administration's "FHASecure" refinancing option that gives homeowners with non-FHA adjustable rate mortgages, current or delinquent and regardless of reset status, the ability to refinance into a FHA-insured mortgage.  In addition, a variety of other plans and proposals from federal and state regulatory agencies have been presented.  In addition to the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, the terms of other proposed legislation or other plans may include, by way of example and not limitation, the following:
 
 
·
moratoriums on interest rate increases for certain mortgage loans and on foreclosure proceedings;
 
 
·
conversions of adjustable rate mortgages to fixed-rate mortgages (including in connection with government-backed refinancings of individual mortgage loans), with potential workouts to provide borrowers with equity stakes in their homes;
 
 
·
increased scrutiny of mortgage originations (including mortgage loans in which the Funds may own an interest through non-agency RMBS) and foreclosure proceedings;
 
 
·
additional registration and licensing requirements for mortgage brokers, lenders and others involved in the mortgage industry; and
 
 
·
greater relief to homeowners under the Bankruptcy Code or other federal or state laws, including relief to stay or delay the foreclosure of residential mortgage loans or to modify payment terms of residential mortgage loans, over a lender's objections, as the result of a "cramdown," which decreases the debt's value to as low as the collateral's fair market value.
 
Law, legislation or other government regulation, promulgated in furtherance of a "bailout" or "rescue" plan to address the crisis and distress in the residential mortgage loan sector, may result in a reduction of available transactional opportunities for the Funds, or an increase in the cost associated with such transactions.  Any such law, legislation or regulation may adversely affect the market value of non-agency RMBS.
 
Sub-Prime Mortgage Market Risk
 
The residential mortgage market in the United States recently has experienced difficulties that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain mortgages and mortgage-related securities. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially sub-prime and second-line mortgage loans) generally have increased recently and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has recently been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of residential mortgage loan originators have recently experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy. Largely due to the foregoing, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities and increased investor yield requirements have caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen. If the economy of the United States further deteriorates, the incidence of mortgage foreclosures, especially sub-prime
 
 
35

 
 
mortgages, may continue to increase, which may adversely affect the value of any mortgage-backed securities owned by the Funds. The U.S. Congress and various government regulatory authorities have discussed the possibility of restructuring mortgages and imposing forbearance requirements on defaulted mortgages. BlackRock Advisors and                cannot predict the form any such modifications, forbearance or related regulations might take and they may adversely affect the value of mortgage-backed securities owned by the Funds.
 
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk
 
The Funds may invest a substantial portion of their assets in Eligible Assets that, although originally rated AAA, have been downgraded to below investment grade.  As a result of being downgraded to below investment grade, these Eligible Assets will be regarded as predominately speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal.  Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that the current economic recession could further disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities.
 
Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that for higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Funds' net asset values. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in lower grade securities, you could lose money on your investment in common shares of the Trust, both in the short-term and the long-term.
 
Certain Risks Related to the PPIP
 
The risk factors described below relating to the PPIP and the PPIF are based on information available from the Treasury as of the date of this prospectus.  The Treasury and/or the U.S. Congress may change the terms of the PPIP and such changes may adversely affect the Trust and its ability to achieve its investment objective and change the risks involved in participating in the PPIP.
 
Restrictions on Acquiring and Selling Eligible Assets
 
The PPIF must implement a conflict of interest mitigation plan and a code of ethics that will provide that the General Partner may not, without the Treasury's consent, acquire Eligible Assets from, or sell Eligible Assets to, certain affiliates,                , any other Public-Private Investment Fund or any investor that has invested 9.9% or more of the private capital raised by the PPIF.  Such restrictions on the type of persons from whom the PPIF may purchase securities may adversely affect the PPIF's (and consequently the Trust's) ability to achieve its investment objective.
 
Lack of Definitive Documentation
 
The PPIF has not entered into final documentation with the Treasury with respect to its participation in the legacy securities component of the PPIP.  It is possible that agreement with the Treasury will not be reached or that the final terms of the documentation will limit the PPIF's ability to participate in the legacy securities component of PPIP or its ability to participate in a manner consistent with its investment strategy and applicable regulatory requirements. The Treasury has broadly defined the types of financial institutions allowed to sell assets into the legacy securities component of PPIP.  If the Treasury were to impose further limitations on the types of financial institutions permitted to sell securities into the legacy securities component of PPIP, such limitations may reduce the assets available in which the PPIF may invest, which in turn may limit the Investment Team's ability to fully utilize the PPIF to invest its committed capital.
 
Asset Coverage Requirement and Leverage Ratio Risk
 
During the term of any Treasury loan received through the PPIP, the PPIF is subject to an asset coverage test and a leverage ratio test, each which must be satisfied on a pro forma basis to use the Treasury Debt Financing.  In addition, failure to satisfy the asset coverage test at specified levels restricts the ability of the PPIF (and
 
 
36

 
 
consequently the Trust) to make distributions.  The asset coverage test is calculated by dividing (a) the sum of the aggregate market value of all Eligible Assets and Temporary Investments held by the PPIF, by (b) the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Treasury Debt Financing and accrued and unpaid interest due thereon. In the event the PPIF is unable, on any date of determination, to achieve an asset coverage ratio of 225%, it is required to pay down the Treasury Debt Financing until such time as it achieves the required asset coverage ratio. The PPIF cannot make distributions of its investment proceeds until its satisfies the asset coverage test. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Treasury Debt Financing, the PPIF is limited in the amount of distributions it can make if the asset coverage ratio falls below 300%.  There can be no assurance that the PPIF will achieve the required asset coverage ratio. See also "—Tax Risks—Risks Associated with Asset Coverage Requirements and Regulated Investment Company Distribution Requirements."
 
Market Value Calculation May Not Reflect Liquidation Value of Eligible Assets; Effect on Asset Coverage Test and Leverage Ratio Test.
 
The Market Value (as defined herein) of Eligible Assets held by the PPIF is calculated by the Valuation Agent using bids provided by an independent pricing service or independent broker dealers.  As there is a limited market for Eligible Assets, such bids may not accurately reflect the liquidation value of Eligible Assets or the value on a hold-to-maturity basis.  Furthermore, there can be no assurance that any such bids will be available, in which case the Valuation Agent will use a pricing methodology satisfactory to the Treasury to calculate Market Value.  In the event that no bids are available for an Eligible Asset for 180 consecutive days, the Market Value of the Eligible Asset will be deemed to be zero.  See "Net Asset Value."  The Market Value of an Eligible Asset may therefore not be an accurate assessment of the value of the Eligible Asset and may be volatile.
 
Both the asset coverage test and the leverage ratio test are calculated using the Market Value of Eligible Assets.  If the Market Value for an Eligible Asset decreases, the asset coverage ratio will also decrease, while the leverage ratio will increase.  If the asset coverage ratio falls below the level required by the asset coverage test or if the leverage ratio exceeds the level required by the leverage ratio test, the PPIF will be prohibited from drawing additional Treasury Debt Financing, thus restricting its ability to invest in additional Eligible Assets and Temporary Assets and reducing the aggregate investment proceeds generated and distributed by the PPIF.
 
Hedging Risk
 
The PPIF may engage in hedging transactions in an attempt to reduce variations between its portfolio investment revenue streams and the interest due on the Treasury Debt Financing.  The PPIF may engage in other hedging strategies only with the consent of the Treasury. There can be no assurance the Treasury will consent to any additional hedging strategies. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that any such hedging strategies, if employed, will prove successful, or that the PPIF's ability to engage in such transactions would not be limited by the PPIP.
 
Risks Associated with the Role of the Treasury in the PPIF
 
As a result of the Treasury providing equity capital and the Treasury Debt Financing to the PPIF, the Treasury will be able to exercise certain rights and powers in regard to the PPIF.  The Treasury may exercise these rights in its own interest and not in the interests of the Trust or the Trust's shareholders.  The Treasury's exercise of these rights and powers in its own interest may adversely affect the Trust and its ability to achieve its investment objective.  Specifically:
 
 
·
The Treasury has reserved the right to terminate its commitment to provide Treasury Debt Financing to the PPIF at any time after the one-year anniversary of the Closing Date, in its sole discretion. The PPIF may be unable to obtain debt financing on similar terms and such actions may adversely affect its ability to purchase Eligible Assets and may otherwise affect expected returns on its investments. In addition, the definitive documentation evidencing the Treasury Debt Financing will contain various covenants restricting the activities of the PPIF.  Failure to comply with these covenants will limit the PPIF's ability to borrow from the Treasury and make distributions to the Trust, which will adversely affect the Trust's returns and may result in negative tax consequences to the Trust. To the extent that Treasury Debt Financing results in a claim on the assets of the PPIF securing such loan, such claim would be senior to the rights of an investor in the PPIF, including the Trust.  As a result, if
 
 
 
37

 
 
 
 
the losses of the PPIF were to exceed the amount of capital invested, an investor such as the Trust could lose its entire investment.
 
 
·
The Treasury will receive warrants in the PPIF.  These warrants will be structured as preferential payments to be made to the Treasury after the PPIF has made distributions to the Trust and the General Partner equal to the capital the Trust and the General Partner have invested in the PPIF.  Payments under the warrants would reduce the amount of distributions that would otherwise be payable to shareholders and could pose adverse tax consequences to shareholders of the Trust.
 
 
·
The Trust may not, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, pledge, exchange or otherwise transfer its interest in the PPIF, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Treasury and the Trust generally may not withdraw from the PPIF.
 
 
·
The General Partner will be required to implement a conflict of interest mitigation plan and a code of ethics reasonably satisfactory to the Treasury.  This plan is described in "Management of the Trust and the PPIF—Potential Conflicts of Interest—PPIF Conflict of Interest Mitigation Plan and Code of Ethics."  The plan and code will prohibit, among other things: (i) any broker-dealer affiliate of the General Partner from executing trades for the PPIF; (ii) the purchase of Eligible Assets from certain of our affiliates that are major participants in the market for Eligible Assets, including Bank of America Corporation, The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and Barclays PLC; and (iii) the purchase of Eligible Assets with the intention to resell within one week and no resale of Eligible Assets within 24 hours of purchasing such asset.  These restrictions may limit the ability of the PPIF to acquire certain Eligible Assets that it would otherwise desire to purchase and the ability to sell Eligible Assets at a time it would otherwise desire to sell Eligible Assets.  The consequences of failure of the General Partner to comply with these requirements in any respect are not certain, but could include the imposition of additional requirements and the removal of the General Partner by the Treasury.
 
 
·
The Treasury will have the right to remove the General Partner in its sole discretion in certain circumstances and with the consent of shareholders in other circumstances.   Removal of the General Partner may adversely affect the ability of the PPIF and the Trust to achieve their investment objectives.  In addition, if the Treasury were to remove the General Partner, the General Partner will be obligated to work with the board of trustees of the Trust to select a replacement.  The Treasury will be required to consent to any replacement general partner selected by the Trust and its shareholders.  Any refusal to grant this consent would deny the Trust and its shareholders their choice for a replacement general partner.  Any delay in granting this consent would cause the PPIF to miss investment opportunities.  During the replacement process, the General Partner will be prohibited from causing the PPIF to make any new investments and may cause the PPIF to sell an investment only if the General Partner determines in good faith that the disposition is necessary to avoid a material loss to the PPIF.  The PPIF, as a result, may miss attractive investment opportunities during this time period.  In addition, there can be no assurance that a suitable replacement will be found in a timely manner or at all.
 
PPIP Modifications
 
New legislation or administrative or judicial action may significantly limit or completely halt our ability to capitalize on our investment in the PPIF at any time. The PPIP could be amended pursuant to new legislation or administrative or judicial action which could have the effect of preventing us from benefiting from our investment in the PPIF. The effect of such new legislation, administrative or judicial action or amendment could be retroactive, and have an adverse impact on the Trust.
 
Tax Risks
 
Taxable Income in Excess of Economic Income Risk
 
The Funds expect to acquire debt instruments in the secondary market for less than their stated redemption price at maturity.  The discount at which such debt instruments are acquired may reflect doubts about their ultimate collectibility rather than current market interest rates.  The amount of such discount will nevertheless generally be treated as "market discount" for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Market discount on a debt instrument accrues on
 
 
38

 
 
the basis of the constant yield to maturity of the debt instrument based generally on the assumption that all future payments on the debt instrument will be made.  Absent an election to accrue currently, accrued market discount is reported as income when, and to the extent that, any payment of principal of the debt instrument is made.  Payments on residential mortgage loans are ordinarily made monthly, and consequently accrued market discount may have to be included in income each month as if the debt instrument were assured of ultimately being collected in full.  If that turned out not to be the case, and the Funds eventually collected less on the debt instrument than the amount the Funds paid for it plus the market discount the Trust had previously reported as income, there would potentially be an ordinary loss (rather than a capital loss), but this is not free from doubt and may depend on the characteristics of the underlying obligation and the amount of cash the Funds collect on maturity etc.  In addition, the Trust's ability to benefit from that ordinary loss (or capital loss) would depend on the Trust's having ordinary income (or capital gain) in that later taxable year.
 
Similarly, many of the debt instruments (including mortgage-backed securities) that the Funds purchase will likely have been issued with original issue discount ("OID"), which discount might reflect doubt as to whether the entire principal amount of such debt instruments will ultimately prove to be collectible.  The Trust will be required to report such OID based on a constant yield method and income will be accrued and be currently taxable based on the assumption that all future projected payments due on such debt instruments will be made.  If such debt instruments turn out not to be fully collectible, an ordinary loss will become available only in the later year that uncollectibility is provable.
 
Finally, in the event that any debt instruments (including mortgage-backed securities) acquired by the Trust are delinquent as to mandatory principal and interest payments, or in the event payments with respect to a particular debt instrument are not made when due, the Trust may nonetheless be required to continue to recognize the unpaid interest as taxable income as it accrues, despite doubt as to its ultimate collectibility.  Similarly, the Trust may be required to accrue interest income with respect to subordinate mortgage-backed securities at its stated rate regardless of whether corresponding cash payments are received or are ultimately collectible.  In each case, while the Trust would in general ultimately have an offsetting loss deduction available when such interest was determined to be uncollectible, the utility of that deduction could depend on the Trust's having taxable income in that later taxable year.
 
Risks Associated With Trust's Ability To Satisfy Regulated Investment Company Distribution Requirements
 
The Trust generally must distribute annually at least 90% of its taxable income, excluding any net capital gain, in order for the Trust to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  To the extent that the Trust satisfies this distribution requirement, but distributes less than 100% of its taxable income and net capital gain, the Trust will be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on the Trust's undistributed taxable income.  In addition, the Trust will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax if the actual amount that the Trust distributes out to its shareholders in a calendar year is less than a minimum amount specified under U.S. federal income tax laws.  The Trust intends to make distributions to its shareholders to comply with the requirements of the Code and to avoid paying U.S. federal income taxes and, if practicable, excise taxes, on undistributed taxable income.  However, differences in timing between the recognition of taxable income and the actual receipt of cash could require the Trust to sell assets (including Temporary Investments) or borrow funds on a short-term or long-term basis or issue cash-stock dividends (described below) to meet the distribution requirements of the Code.
 
The Trust may find it difficult or impossible to meet distribution requirements in certain circumstances.  Due to the nature of the assets in which the Funds intend to invest, the Trust's taxable income may exceed the Trust's net income as determined based on GAAP because, for example, realized capital losses will be deducted in determining the Trust's GAAP net income but may not be deductible in computing the Trust's taxable income.  In addition, the Funds may invest in assets, including debt instruments requiring the Trust to accrue OID, that generate taxable income (referred to as "phantom income") in excess of economic income or in advance of the corresponding cash flow from the assets.  In addition, if the debt instruments provide for "payment-in-kind" or PIK interest, the Trust may recognize OID for federal income tax purposes.  Moreover, the Funds may acquire distressed debt investments that are subsequently modified by agreement with the borrower.  If the amendments to the outstanding debt are "significant modifications" under the applicable Treasury regulations, the modified debt may be considered to have been reissued to the Funds in a debt-for-debt exchange with the borrower.  In that event, if the debt is considered to be "publicly traded" for federal income tax purposes, the modified debt in the hands of the Funds may
 
 
39

 
 
be considered to have been issued with OID to the extent the fair-market value of the modified debt is less than the principal amount of the outstanding debt.  Also, certain previously modified debt that the Funds acquire in the secondary market may be considered to have been issued with OID at the time it was modified.  In general, the Trust will be required to accrue OID on a debt instrument as taxable income in accordance with applicable federal income tax rules even though no cash payments may be received on such debt instrument.  In the event a borrower with respect to a particular debt instrument encounters financial difficulty rendering it unable to pay stated interest as due, the Trust may nonetheless be required to continue to recognize the unpaid interest as taxable income.  Similarly, the Trust may be required to accrue interest income with respect to subordinate mortgage-backed securities at the stated rate regardless of when their corresponding cash payments are received.  Further, the Funds may invest in assets that accrue market discount income, which may result in the recognition of taxable income in excess of the Trust's economic gain in certain situations or the deferral of a portion of the Trust's interest deduction paid on debt to incur such assets.
 
Due to each of these potential timing differences between income recognition or expense deduction and cash receipts or disbursements, there is a significant risk that the Trust may have substantial taxable income in excess of cash available for distribution.  The Trust intends to hold Eligible Assets and Temporary Investments directly and not through the PPIF to endeavour to satisfy the distribution requirements necessary to maintain the Trust's status as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes, but no assurances can be given in this regard.  Further, to satisfy its distribution requirements, the Trust may borrow on unfavorable terms or distribute amounts that would otherwise be invested in future acquisitions, capital expenditures or repayment of debt.  In addition, the Trust may make distributions in its common shares to satisfy the distribution requirements necessary to maintain the Trust's status as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes, but no assurances can be given in this regard.  Moreover, if the Trust's only feasible alternative were to make a taxable distribution of the Trust's common shares to comply with the regulated investment company distribution requirements for any taxable year and the value of the Trust's common shares was not sufficient at such time to make a distribution to its shareholders in an amount at least equal to the minimum amount required to comply with such regulated investment company distribution requirements, the Trust would generally fail to qualify as a regulated investment company for such taxable year.
 
Despite undertaking the efforts mentioned in the previous paragraph, the Trust may not be able to distribute the amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements necessary to meet its regulated investment company status for U.S. federal income taxes and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes.  If the Trust were unable to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement or otherwise were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, material adverse tax consequences would result to investors, the Trust would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to the Trust's shareholders would not be deductible by the Trust in computing its taxable income.  To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Trust would be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Trust to the Internal Revenue Service.  In addition, if the Trust failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, then the Trust would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Trust had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.
 
Finally, the PPIF is required to satisfy certain asset coverage ratios according to the terms of financing provided to the PPIF by the U.S. Department of the Treasury loan.  If the PPIF fails to satisfy those asset coverage ratios, it may not be able to make distributions to the Trust, which may adversely affect the Trust's ability to make cash distributions to its shareholders.  See below "—Tax Risks— Risks Associated with Asset Coverage Requirements and Regulated Investment Company Distribution Requirements."
 
Risks Associated with Asset Coverage Requirements and Regulated Investment Company Distribution Requirements
 
The PPIF must satisfy an asset coverage test before distributing its investment proceeds to its investors (including the Trust), which may limit the Trust's ability to make cash distributions to its shareholders.  During the term of any U.S. Department of the Treasury loan received through the PPIF, the PPIF is subject to an asset coverage test calculated by dividing (1) the sum of the aggregate market value of all Eligible Assets and Temporary
 
 
40

 
 
Investments held by the PPIF by (2) the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the U.S. Department of the Treasury loan and accrued and unpaid interest due thereon.  In the event the PPIF is unable, on any date of determination, to achieve an asset coverage ratio of 225%, it is required to pay down the U.S. Department of the Treasury loan until such time as it achieves the required asset coverage ratio.  The PPIF cannot make distributions of its investment proceeds until its satisfies the asset coverage test.  There can be no assurance that the PPIF will achieve the required asset coverage ratio.  The Trust's ability to satisfy the distribution requirements necessary to maintain the Trust's status as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes may be adversely affected by these debt pay down requirements.  Commencing on the loan payment date occurring in January 2010 and continuing on each loan payment date thereafter, in the event the PPIF achieves an asset coverage ratio of 300%, it is required to make a distribution (after making certain other payments) to its investors (including the Trust) in an amount not to exceed in any 12-month period the lesser of (1) 8% of its funded capital commitments, and (2) the cumulative net interest income of the PPIF for the preceding 12-month period.  If the PPIF is restricted in its ability to make cash distributions to the Trust, the Trust may be unable to satisfy the cash distribution requirements for regulated investment company purposes.  The Trust intends to hold Eligible Assets and Temporary Investments directly and not through the PPIP to endeavor to satisfy the distribution requirements necessary to maintain the Trust's status as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes, but no assurances can be given in this regard.  Further, to satisfy its distribution requirements, the Trust may borrow on unfavorable terms or distribute amounts that would otherwise be invested in future acquisitions, capital expenditures or repayment of debt.  In addition, the Trust may make distribution in its common shares to satisfy the distribution requirements necessary to maintain the Trust's status as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes, but no assurances can be given in this regard.  For a more detailed discussion, see "Risks—Certain Risks Related to the PPIP."
 
Cash/Stock Dividend Risks
 
The Trust may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in cash and shares of the Trust's common stock at the election of each shareholder.  Under IRS Revenue Procedure 2009-15, up to 90% of any such taxable dividend for any Trust taxable year ending on or before December 31, 2009 could be payable in the Trust's common shares with the 10% or greater balance paid in cash.  The Internal Revenue Service has also issued (and where Revenue Procedure 2009-15 is not currently applicable, the Internal Revenue Service continues to issue) private letter rulings on cash/stock dividends paid by regulated investment companies and real estate investment trusts using a 20% cash standard (instead of the 10% cash standard of Revenue Procedure 2009-15) if certain requirements are satisfied.  Shareholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend as taxable income to the extent of the Trust's current and accumulated earnings and profits for federal income tax purposes.  As a result, shareholders may be required to pay federal income taxes with respect to such dividends in excess of the cash dividends received.  If a U.S. shareholder sells the common stock that it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of the Trust's common stock at the time of the sale.  Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. shareholders, the Trust may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in common stock.  In addition, if a significant number of the Trust's shareholders determine to sell shares of the Trust's common stock in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, it may put downward pressure on the trading price of the Trust's common stock.  It is unclear whether and to what extent the Trust will be able to pay taxable dividends in cash and common stock (whether pursuant to Revenue Procedure 2009-15, a private letter ruling or otherwise).  For a more detailed discussion, see "Dividends."
 
  The foregoing list of risk factors does not purport to be a complete enumeration of the risks involved in an investment in the Trust.  Additional risks may exist that are not presently known to the Trust or are deemed immaterial.  Prospective investors should read this entire prospectus and the partnership agreements of the PPIF and consult with their independent advisors before deciding whether to invest in the Trust.  In addition, changes over time may subject the Trust to additional and different risk factors. Given the risks described above, an investment in the common shares may not be appropriate for all investors. You should carefully consider your ability to assume these risks before making an investment in the Trust.
 
 
41

 
 
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS
 
Trustees and Officers of the Trust
 
The board of trustees is responsible for oversight of the Trust, including supervision of the duties that BAL, BFM and                perform for the Trust. There are 12 trustees of the Trust. A majority of the trustees are not "interested persons" (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust. The name and business address of the trustees and officers of the Trust and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under "Management of the Trust" in the Statement of Additional Information.
 
Investment Advisors
 
BAL, as the Trust's investment advisor, and each of BFM and                , as the Trust's sub-advisors, will provide certain day-to-day investment management services to the Trust.
 
The PPIF will engage BFM as its investment advisor to provide certain portfolio management, research and administrative services.  In addition, the General Partner will delegate day-to-day management responsibilities of the PPIF to BFM, but will retain discretion over certain policy-making and oversight functions with respect to the investment program of the PPIF.  The PPIF will also engage                to sub-advise 5% of the portfolio of the PPIF (measured based on aggregate capital commitments of the PPIF).                 will manage assets on a discretionary basis consistent with the investment objective of the PPIF.
 
We sometimes refer to BAL and BFM collectively as "BlackRock Advisors" throughout this prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information.
 
BAL and BFM are wholly owned subsidiaries of BlackRock, which is one of the world's largest publicly-traded investment management firms. BlackRock, with approximately $      trillion of assets under management as of June 30, 2009, brings a wealth of knowledge that it believes will enhance the ability of the Investment Team to source and execute portfolio investments.  This knowledge includes proprietary valuation techniques, market outlook, competitive evaluation and structuring and operational expertise.  On July 8, 2009, BlackRock was pre-qualified by the Treasury from over 100 applicants to participate as one of the nine investment managers to manage one of the first PPIP legacy securities funds.
 
BlackRock Advisors and                (including the respective investment professionals of each company that will participate in the process of providing investment advice for the Funds) are referred to as the "BlackRock Investment Team" and the "               Investment Team," respectively, and collectively as the "Investment Team."
 
The BlackRock Platform
 
BlackRock is one of the world's largest publicly traded investment management firms and manages, as of June 30, 2009, approximately $     billion and $     billion in CMBS and RMBS, respectively. As of June 30, 2009, BlackRock's assets under management were approximately $     trillion.  BlackRock has over 20 years of experience managing closed-end products and, as of June 30, 2009, advised a closed-end family of active exchange-listed funds with approximately $     billion in assets.  BlackRock manages assets on behalf of institutions and individuals worldwide through a variety of equity, fixed income, real estate, cash management and alternative investment products.  In addition, BlackRock provides risk management, investment system outsourcing and financial advisory services to a growing number of institutional investors.  Headquartered in New York City, BlackRock has employees in 21 countries and a major presence in key global markets, including the U.S., Europe, Asia, Australia and the Middle East.
 
BlackRock believes that the Funds will benefit from the following strengths and strategic advantages:
 
 
·
Experienced Investment Team.  BlackRock believes that its resources, experience and leadership in the CMBS and RMBS markets will help provide detailed and expedient analysis for the investment programs of the Funds.  The BlackRock Investment Team includes approximately 135 fixed income investment professionals at BlackRock who focus on fundamental and quantitative credit research and portfolio management.  Members of the BlackRock Investment Team who will focus on
 
 
 
42

 
 
 
 
the Funds average approximately 21 years of investment experience in the mortgage and structured finance markets.  BlackRock believes that their depth of resources, experience and leadership in the CMBS and RMBS markets will help provide detailed and expedient analysis for the investment programs of the Funds.
 
 
·
BlackRock's investment approach combines quantitative management tools with fundamental research.  BlackRock employs rigorous quantitative analysis that is reinforced by fundamental research to identify and quantify risks and periodically re-evaluate deal performance over time.  The BlackRock Investment Team utilizes BlackRock's proprietary tools and its third-party models which integrate detailed loan-level analysis with econometric models in order to estimate loss-adjusted cash flows.  The BlackRock Investment Team believes that this allows them to customize their analysis in an effort to identify Eligible Assets that have relatively consistent performance across a wide range of scenarios.
 
 
·
Disciplined portfolio management and creative structuring capabilities.  BlackRock's investment philosophy focuses on a high degree of credit scrutiny and aims to provide high risk-adjusted returns.  In order to implement this strategy, it is frequently necessary to design new transaction technology that facilitates a complementary investment framework.  For example, BlackRock's founders were actively involved in the creation of the first collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs"), floating rate CMOs, senior subordinated securities and asset backed securities, and the first public securitization of non-agency multifamily mortgages.
 
BlackRock's Investment Process
 
The BlackRock Investment Team employ a rigorous quantitative, qualitative and analytical approach to its mortgage securities investment due diligence process, which includes the integration of proprietary econometric models and analysis tools along with third-party data (including property-specific performance) and cash flow models to create a robust analysis of the market.  This approach focuses on identifying and quantifying risks and periodically measuring collateral parameters over time to monitor and re-evaluate deal performance. The BlackRock Investment Team's in-house due diligence process is performed through discussions with issuers, master and special servicers, rating agencies, trustees, and broker/dealers. The BlackRock Investment Team seeks to capitalize on BlackRock's credit knowledge, disciplined investment process and sophisticated analytical tools to select CMBS and non-agency RMBS that the BlackRock Investment Team believes could have attractive upside potential versus downside risk with respect to the expected future cash flows.
 
RMBS:  BlackRock believes that "CDR analysis" (constant default rate) used by many market participants risks overstating the implied cash flow "factor of safety" (a multiple of expected losses that would cause a default).  Therefore, BlackRock uses a proprietary, dynamic, self-adjusting modeling process to analyze each mortgage pool in order to capture its unique characteristics.  Prepayment, default and loss curves are generated from a proprietary econometric model and adjusted for adverse pool characteristics, such as exposure to second-lien mortgages, interest-only mortgages and high loan-to-value ratios, in order to derive unique, pool-specific prepayment, default and loss curves.  These assumptions are then used as a template for scenario analysis that is fed through a detailed capital structure model of a particular security in order to evaluate the cash flow "factor of safety."  Over time, the performance of the mortgage pools is monitored and re-run through the capital structure models to analyze cash flow stability.
 
CMBS: BlackRock employs a detailed approach to analyzing CMBS similar to that used for analyzing RMBS.  Collateral analysis focuses on the risk of cash flow interruption and default for each loan in the pool, after which such risk is then placed in the context of the priority of payments for the various classes of securities secured by a CMBS pool of mortgages and the terms of the specific transaction.  This future performance assessment uses commercial real estate econometric data for all property types in major metropolitan areas to project property-specific cash flow and valuation over the loan term.  Loan-level characteristics, such as borrower equity contribution, rent roll, tenant quality and reserves are overlaid onto this cash flow analysis.  In certain cases, on-site inspections of properties are performed.  Once this collateral, structure, and documentation analysis is completed, a rating floor for each security is determined and relative value assessments are established both within the deal and in relation to the investment opportunity set.
 
 
 
43

 
 
On an unlevered basis, the BlackRock Investment Team believes expected yields for non-agency securities are attractive even in downside scenarios, further reinforcing the value proposition.  Due to wide variations in collateral pool characteristics, origination standards, structural differences and performance across various scenarios, the importance of security selection cannot be underestimated.  The BlackRock Investment Team utilizes BlackRock's proprietary tools which integrate detailed loan-level analysis with econometric models in order to estimate loss-adjusted cash flows.  This allows the team to customize analysis in order to identify securities that have relatively consistent performance across a wide range of scenarios.
 
BlackRock expects that the Funds will benefit from BlackRock's team approach to investment selection, access and information sharing through BlackRock's global research and investment platform, risk management, legal and compliance and other portfolio management and administrative services.
 
BlackRock Investment Team
 
BlackRock uses a team approach in managing its portfolios. Curtis Arledge, Dik Blewitt, Akiva Dickstein, Randy Robertson, Stephen Switzky, John Vibert, Mark Warner, and Kishore Yalamanchili will lead the BlackRock Investment Team and manage the day-to-day investment advisory activities for the Funds.  Scott Amero and Peter Fisher, who co-head BlackRock's Fixed Income Portfolio Management Group, will provide direction to, and oversight of, the BlackRock Investment Team.
 
Scott Amero, Vice Chairman, is BlackRock's Global Chief Investment Officer for Fixed Income and co-head of the Fixed Income Portfolio Management Group.  He is a member of the Operating and Leadership Committees and Co-Chairman of the Fixed Income Investment Strategy Group that is responsible for global fixed income strategy, asset allocation and overall management of client portfolios.  In this capacity, he coordinates BlackRock's team of portfolio managers and credit analysts who specialize in government, agency, corporate, mortgage, asset-backed and structured securities worldwide.  He also serves as lead manager for the Institutional Multi-Sector Portfolio Team.  In addition, he is a director of Anthracite Capital, Inc., BlackRock's publicly-traded real estate investment trust.
 
Prior to joining BlackRock in 1990, Mr. Amero was a Vice President in Fixed Income Research at The First Boston Corporation.  Mr. Amero joined First Boston in 1985 and became the firm's primary strategist for short duration securities.
 
Mr. Amero has written numerous publications on topics including mortgage securities, short duration securities, and derivative products.  He also authored "The Challenges of CMO Portfolio Management", which was published in CMO Portfolio Management.  Mr. Amero earned a BA degree in applied mathematics and economics from Harvard University in 1985, and an MBA degree in finance from the Stern School of Business at New York University in 1991.
 
Peter R. Fisher, Managing Director, is co-head of BlackRock's Fixed Income Portfolio Management Group.  He is a member of BlackRock's Operating and Leadership Committees and he co-chairs the Fixed Income Investment Strategy Group that is responsible for global fixed income strategy, asset allocation and overall management of client portfolios.
 
From 2005 to 2007, Mr. Fisher was Chairman of BlackRock Asia responsible for the firm's businesses in Japan, Korea, the People's Republic of China, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Singapore, and Southeast Asia.  Prior to joining BlackRock in 2004, Mr. Fisher served as the Under Secretary of the U.S. Treasury for Domestic Finance.  Before joining the Treasury, Mr. Fisher spent 15 years at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
 
Mr. Fisher is a non-executive Director of the Financial Services Authority of the United Kingdom and also serves on the Board of the Episcopal Church Foundation.  Mr. Fisher earned a BA degree in history from Harvard College in 1980 and a JD degree from Harvard Law School in 1985.
 
Curtis Arledge, Managing Director and portfolio manager, is co-head of US Fixed Income within BlackRock's Fixed Income Portfolio Management Group.  Mr. Arledge is a member of BlackRock's Leadership Committee. He is responsible for managing fixed income portfolios, with a sector emphasis on non-agency asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities.
 
 
44

 
 
Prior to rejoining BlackRock in 2008, Mr. Arledge was with Wachovia Corporation for 12 years, most recently as Global Head of the Fixed Income Division and a member of the Corporate and Investment Bank's (CIB) Executive and CIB Risk/Return Committees.  He had oversight for various business lines in the United States, Europe and Asia, including Leveraged Finance, Investment Grade, Global Rates, Structured Products, Corporate Loan and Commercial Real Estate Portfolios and Financial Institutions Investment Banking.  Before serving in this role, Mr. Arledge was head of Fixed Income Trading and, prior to that, head of Structured Products Trading.  He joined Wachovia's proprietary trading desk in 1996.  Mr. Arledge was a founding member of Mariner Investment Group in 1993, involved in fixed income arbitrage trading.  From 1988 to 1993, he was a fixed income portfolio manager with BlackRock.  He began his career as an analyst with Salomon Brothers in 1987.
 
Mr. Arledge earned a BS degree in electrical engineering from Princeton University in 1987.
 
J. Richard (Dik) Blewitt, Managing Director, is the co-head of the Securitized Asset Investment Team within BlackRock's Fixed Income Portfolio Management Group.
 
Prior to joining BlackRock in 2009, Mr. Blewitt was a Partner and head of Securitization with R3 Capital Partners. From 2007 to 2008, he was with Lehman Brothers, most recently as a Managing Director and head of Securitization and Insurance Product Investments for the Global Principal Strategies team, focused on derivatives and structured products.  From 2001 to 2007, he was a Managing Director and Global Head of Distribution for the Global Structured Products Group and co-head of New York MBS/ABS sales at Bank of America Securities. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Blewitt was Chief Strategic Officer for Creditex, a credit derivatives exchange platform. He was also Director of the Board for Loanx, an associated secondary loan trading platform. Prior to this, Mr. Blewitt spent seven years with J.P. Morgan as a Vice President in Structured Finance and co-head of the Insurance and Pension Derivatives Group. His early career included positions at PaineWebber and First Fidelity Bank in sales/trading and credit analysis roles.
 
Mr. Blewitt earned a BS degree in finance from Lehigh University in 1985, and an MBA degree in finance/international business from the Stern School of Business at New York University in 1992.
 
Akiva Dickstein, Managing Director and portfolio manager, is a member of BlackRock's Fixed Income Portfolio Management Group.  He is a senior mortgage sector specialist.
 
Prior to joining BlackRock in 2009, Mr. Dickstein spent eight years at Merrill Lynch, where he served as Managing Director and head of the U.S. Rates & Structured Credit Research Group.  He was responsible for the team that produced MBS, ABS, CMBS, Treasuries, swaps, and interest rate derivatives research.  Mr. Dickstein's publications on MBS strategy included the weekly Mortgage Investor as well as numerous lengthier articles on topics such as optimal loan modifications, the valuation of credit-sensitive MBS and ABS, and the pricing of mortgage derivatives, options, and pass-throughs.  In addition, he developed Merrill's prepayment models for fixed rate and hybrid MBS.  From 1993 to 2001, Mr. Dickstein was with Lehman Brothers, most recently as a Senior Vice President in Mortgage Derivatives Trading.  In this role, he traded mortgage derivatives and developed Lehman's credit default model.  He joined Lehman as a mortgage and asset-backed securities analyst and was named to Institutional Investor's All American Fixed Income Research Team in pass-throughs, non-agency mortgages, and asset-backed securities.
 
Mr. Dickstein earned a BA degree in economics, summa cum laude, from Yale University in 1990, and an MA degree in physics from Princeton University in 1993.
 
Randy Robertson, Managing Director, is the co-head of the Securitized Assets Investment Team within BlackRock's Fixed Income Portfolio Management Group.
 
Prior to joining BlackRock in 2009, Mr. Robertson spent 10 years with Wachovia Capital Markets, most recently as a Managing Director, head of the Residential Mortgage and Consumer Group, and co-head of Residential CDOs.  In these roles, he was the business leader for the broad investment banking consumer and residential mortgage markets activities.  He oversaw the strategic and operational management of the company's Distressed Asset Resolution default management team (DART), and the Chief Executive Officer of Vertice, Wachovia's wholesale mortgage origination platform.  Mr. Robertson's other responsibilities included performing or managing various capital markets and operations functions, including risk management and arbitrage trading; he also
 
 
45

 
 
developed Beacon, a loan level statistical model that provides predictive loss and prepayment analysis in all housing price environments.  Before joining Wachovia in 1998, Mr. Robertson was Senior Vice President and head of Capital Markets with The Money Store.  From 1990 to 1997, he was with Barnett Banks Incorporated, most recently as Director of Investments and Wholesale Funding.  Prior to that, he spent four years with American Savings Capital Markets.
 
Mr. Robertson earned a BBA degree in finance from Florida International University in 1983.
 
Stephen B. Switzky, Managing Director, is a member of the Securitized Assets Investment Team within BlackRock's Fixed Income Portfolio Management Group.
 
Prior to joining BlackRock in 1994, Mr. Switzky was Vice President with JPMorgan where he focused on the analysis and trading of mortgage-backed securities and the development of strategies to combine mortgage-backed securities and interest rate derivative products.  Previously, he was a mortgage-backed securities trader with Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
Mr. Switzky earned a BS degree, summa cum laude, in economics and an MBA degree, with distinction, in finance from the University of Pennsylvania in 1985 and 1986, respectively.
 
John Vibert, Managing Director, is a member of the Securitized Assets Investment Team within BlackRock's Fixed Income Portfolio Management Group.
 
Prior to joining BlackRock in 2008, Mr. Vibert was a Managing Director, head of adjustable-rate mortgage trading, and co-head of non-agency mortgage trading at Credit Suisse.  From 2003 to 2005, he was an Executive Director at Morgan Stanley where he was responsible for non-agency mortgage backed securities trading.  Previously, Mr. Vibert held trading and research roles at Credit Suisse and Salomon Brothers.
 
Mr. Vibert earned a BS degree, with distinction, in operations research and industrial engineering from Cornell University in 1993.
 
Mark S. Warner, CFA, Managing Director, is a member of the Securitized Assets Investment Team within BlackRock's Fixed Income Portfolio Management Group.
 
Prior to joining BlackRock in 1993, Mr. Warner was a Director in the Capital Markets Unit of the Prudential Mortgage Capital Company.  Mr. Warner joined The Prudential in 1987, and was initially responsible for asset/liability strategies for the $7 billion participating annuity segment.  He moved to Prudential's Commercial Real Estate Division in 1989, where he was responsible for the sale of commercial whole loans, purchases of private placement mortgage-backed securities and securitization opportunities within the Prudential's $25 billion non-residential portfolio.  He previously worked in the fixed income department at PaineWebber.
 
Mr. Warner earned a BA degree in political science from Columbia University in 1983, and an MBA degree in finance and marketing from Columbia University's School of Business in 1987.  Mr. Warner authored the chapter entitled "Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities Portfolio Management" in Whole-Loan CMOs, published by Frank J. Fabozzi Associates in 1995.  He also co-authored the article entitled "The ABC's of CMBS" for the Pension Real Estate Association's Fourth Quarter 1996 magazine.
 
Kishore K. Yalamanchili, PhD, CFA, Managing Director, is head of credit research for the Securitized Assets Investment Team within BlackRock's Fixed Income Portfolio Management Group.
 
Dr. Yalamanchili's service with the firm dates back to 1997, including his years with State Street Research & Management (SSRM), which merged with BlackRock in 2005.  At SSRM, he was a Senior Vice President and portfolio manager.  He also served as Deputy Director of Quantitative Research and as a member of the Specialty Products Group and was responsible for managing ABS and MBS subordinate bonds.  Prior to joining SSRM in 1997, Dr. Yalamanchili was an Engineer/Scientist specialist at McDonnell Douglas Corporation (now Boeing).  His responsibilities included managing NASA High Speed Civil Transport research projects as well as developing aircraft optimization software.  From 1990 to 1993, he was a member of the technical staff of Universal Analytics
 
 
46

 
 
Inc., responsible for developing finite element analysis software.  He was also a research assistant at the Chicago Board of Trade from 1996 to 1997.
 
Dr. Yalamanchili was a member of the Adjunct Faculty at both Harvard University (2000-04) and Brandeis University (2004-05), teaching courses in derivatives and risk management, structured finance and portfolio management.  He previously served on the Education Committee of Boston Security Analysts Society.  He currently serves on Communications and Education Committee of American Securitization Forum, and on Information Management Network's Structured Finance Global Advisory Board.  His articles have appeared in a number of publications including Journal of Futures Markets, Journal of Structural Engineering, and Computers and Structures.  He earned a BE degree in civil engineering, first class with distinction, from Andhra University, an MTech degree in structural engineering from Indian Institute of Technology, a PhD degree in Engineering from Clemson University, and an MBA degree, with honors, from the University of Chicago.
 
The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the portfolio managers' compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers, and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Trust.
 
Investment Sub-Advisors
 
BFM and               act as the sub-advisors for the Trust. The PPIF will engage              , to sub-advise 5% of the portfolio of the PPIF (measured based on aggregate capital commitments of the PPIF).                 will manage such portion of the PPIF's portfolio on a discretionary basis consistent with the investment objective of the PPIF.             is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
 
Investment Team of                .
 
To be filed by amendment.
 
 
47

 
 
                             
Investment Management Agreements
 
The Trust.  The Trust has agreed to pay BAL a management fee at an annual rate equal to       % of the monthly value of the Trust's total assets.  "Total assets" means the total assets of the Trust minus the sum of the Trust's accrued liabilities.  This means that during periods in which the Trust or the PPIF is using leverage, the fees paid to BlackRock Advisors and                will be higher than if they did not use leverage.
 
BAL will pay an annual sub-advisory fee to BFM equal to         .  BAL will also pay an annual sub-advisory fee to                equal to               .
 
The PPIF.  For the term of the PPIF, the PPIF (and not the Trust) will pay an annual management fee to the General Partner (the "Treasury Management Fee").  Prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, the Treasury Management Fee will equal 0.20% per annum of the Treasury's capital commitment to the PPIF as of the last day of the period to which the Treasury Management Fee relates. Thereafter, the Treasury Management Fee will equal 0.20% per annum of the lesser of (i) the Treasury's capital commitment to the PPIF and (ii) the fair market value of the Treasury's interest in the PPIF as of the last day of the period to which the Treasury Management Fee relates.  The Treasury Management Fee will be paid out of proceeds otherwise payable to the Treasury but not from drawdowns of Treasury’s capital commitments to the PPIF.  Neither the Trust nor the General Partner will bear the Treasury Management Fee.
 
Miscellaneous.  A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the investment management agreements by the board of trustees will be available in the Trust's first report to shareholders.
 
In addition to the fees paid to BAL, the Trust pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its trustees (other than those affiliated with BlackRock Advisors), custodian, transfer and dividend disbursing agent expenses, legal fees, listing fees and expenses, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies and taxes, if any.  In addition, the Trust and the General Partner (but not the Treasury) will each pay its pro rata share, based on the amount invested in the PPIF, of all legal, accounting, filing and other expenses incurred by the General Partner and its affiliates in connection with organizing and establishing the PPIF.
 
Potential Conflicts of Interest
 
Side-by-side management by BlackRock Advisors and                , and their advisory business affiliates, of investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act, the Funds, separate accounts and other private investment funds (collectively, "Client Accounts"), may raise potential conflicts of interest, including those associated with allocating management time, services and functions, any differences in fee structures and differences in proprietary investments in such funds.  Registered investment companies, for example, generally pay management fees based on a fixed percentage of assets under management, and separate accounts and private investment funds often have more varied fee structures, including a combination of asset- and performance-based compensation or wrap fees that may be higher than the compensation structure of the Funds.  The prospect of achieving higher compensation or greater investment return from a private investment fund or separate account than from the Funds may provide incentives for the General Partner, BlackRock Advisors,                or their applicable affiliates to favor the private investment fund or separate account over the Funds when, for example, placing securities transactions that BlackRock Advisors believes could more likely result in favorable performance or engaging in cross trades.  It is the policy of BlackRock not to make decisions based on the foregoing interests or greater fees or compensation paid by their clients.
 
 
 
48

 
 
The management of numerous Client Accounts by BlackRock Advisors,                and their advisory business affiliates necessarily creates a number of potential conflicts of interest.  Under certain circumstances, the Funds may invest in a transaction in which one or more other Client Accounts are expected, or seek, to participate or already have made, or concurrently will make or seek to make, an investment.  The Funds and the other Client Accounts may have conflicting interests and objectives in connection with such investments, including with respect to views on the operations or activities of the portfolio company involved, the targeted returns from the investment and the timeframe for, and method of, exiting the investment.  Conflicts will also arise in cases where the Funds and/or other Client Accounts invest in different parts of an issuer's capital structure, including circumstances in which one or more Client Accounts may own private securities or obligations of an issuer and other Client Accounts may own public securities of the same issuer.  In negotiating the terms and conditions of any such investments, or any subsequent amendments or waivers, BlackRock Advisors,                and their advisory business affiliates may find that their own interests, the interests of the Funds and/or the interests of one or more other Client Accounts (including, without limitation, the Funds) could conflict.  If an issuer in which the Funds and one or more other Client Accounts hold different classes of securities (or other assets, instruments or obligations issued by such issuer) encounters financial problems, decisions over the terms of any workout will raise conflicts of interests (including, for example, conflicts over proposed waivers and amendments to debt covenants).  For example, a debt holder may be better served by a liquidation of the issuer in which it may be paid in full, whereas an equity holder might prefer a reorganization that holds the potential to create value for the equity holders.  Any of the foregoing conflicts of interest will be discussed and resolved on a case-by-case basis by senior officers of BlackRock Advisors,                and their affiliates.  Any such discussions will take into consideration the interests of the relevant parties, the circumstances giving rise to the conflict and applicable laws.  Investors should be aware that conflicts will not necessarily be resolved in favor of the interests of the Funds.  There can be no assurance that any actual or potential conflicts of interest will not result in the Funds receiving less favorable investment terms in certain investments than if such conflicts of interest did not exist.
 
The General Partner and BlackRock Advisors, by way of a delegation of discretion to its advisory business affiliates, may utilize the personnel or services of its affiliates in a variety of ways to make available BlackRock's global capabilities available to the Funds.  Although the General Partner and BlackRock Advisors believe this practice is generally in the best interests of its clients, it is possible that conflicts with respect to allocation of investment opportunities, portfolio execution, client servicing or other matters may arise due to differences in regulatory requirements in various jurisdictions, time differences or other reasons.  BlackRock Advisors will seek to ameliorate any conflicts that arise and may determine not to utilize the personnel or services of a particular affiliate in circumstances where it believes the potential conflict outweighs the potential benefits.
 
PPIF Conflict of Interest Mitigation Plan and Code of Ethics
 
The General Partner will adopt a conflict of interest mitigation plan and a code of ethics reasonably satisfactory to the Treasury that will require the General Partner to (i) comply with the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, (ii) adhere to specified allocation and valuation policies with respect to investment opportunities for the Public-Private Investment Funds managed by BlackRock, (iii) invest a minimum amount set forth by Treasury of its own firm capital in the PPIF, (iv) acknowledge fiduciary duties to the Treasury and private investors in the PPIF, (v) provide access to the PPIF's records to the Office of the Special Inspector General for the Troubled Asset Relief Program and the U.S. Government Accountability Office, to cause key persons to be available to discuss the PPIF with the Treasury and others, to provide access to the Treasury and its representatives to the books of the private vehicles that invest in the PPIF and to retain those documents for at least three years after the termination of the PPIF, (vi) permit the U.S. Trustee to review its compliance with these plans, (vii) maintain an Eligible Assets securities watch list and to employ a compliance officer to monitor compliance with allocation policies and other applicable rules, (viii) identify and disclose all conflicts of interest with the PPIF, (ix) disclose to the U.S. Trustee all information in its possession or in the possession of certain affiliates regarding the beneficial owners of equity in the PPIF, (x) disclose the 10 largest investment positions of the PPIF, (xi) comply with "know your customer" regulations, office of Foreign Asset Control statutes and regulations and all relevant federal securities screening laws and anti-money laundering obligations with respect to new investors and transferees, and (xii) consent to annual audit of its internal controls by an independent auditor and the delivery of such internal audit to the Treasury, (xiii) implement conflicts of interest policies that will provide that the General Partner may not acquire Eligible Assets from or sell Eligible Assets to certain affiliates that are major participants in the market for Eligible Assets, including Bank of America Corporation, The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and Barclays PLC,                , any
 
 
49

 
 
other Public-Private Investment Fund or any investor that has invested 9.9% or more of the private capital raised by the PPIF, (xiv) require that all transactions of the PPIF be conducted on any arm's length and commercially reasonable basis, (xv) disclose all instances where certain affiliates service or invest in Eligible Assets, and (xvi) represent that fees paid by the PPIF to any servicer are arm's length and perform diligence on a regular basis and determine that such fees are at market rates. The plan and code will also prohibit any broker-dealer affiliate of the PPIF's advisors from executing trades for the PPIF and address conflicts of interest the PPIF's advisors' employees and certain of their family members. The Treasury requires that the General Partner implement policies requiring best price and best execution on all PPIF transactions, no crossing of PPIF trades, no purchase of Eligible Assets with the intention to resell within one week and no resale of Eligible Assets within 24 hours of purchasing such assets. The Treasury can require the General Partner to take corrective action if its participation in any other governmental program could create a conflict of interest. Finally, the General Partner may not engage in marketing related to the Treasury's relationship to the General Partner, other than with respect to marketing the PPIF itself.
 
NET ASSET VALUE
 
The net asset value of the common shares of the Trust and the limited partner interests in the PPIF will be computed based upon the value of their respective portfolio securities and other assets. Net asset value will be determined monthly as of the last calendar day of each month.  The Trust and the PPIF calculate their net asset value per common share by subtracting liabilities (including accrued expenses or dividends) from their total assets (the value portfolio securities plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received) and (i) in the case of the Trust, dividing the result by the total number of outstanding common shares of the Trust and (ii) in the case of the PPIF, allocating the result among the limited partners in proportion to their capital accounts.
 
The Trust will value the Eligible Assets and Temporary investments it directly holds in the same manner that the PPIF will value its assets.  The value of the Trust's limited partner interest in the PPIF will be equal to the net asset value of such limited partner interest.  So long as the PPIF uses the Treasury Debt Financing, its assets must be valued by the Valuation Agent. The Valuation Agent will value Eligible Assets and Temporary Investments and determine their market value ("Market Value") in accordance with procedures that currently provide that:
 
 
·
with respect to each Eligible Asset,
 
 
(a)
the most recent bid-side price obtained within three business days of the last business day of each calendar month (or in certain cases calendar week) (the "Measurement Date") from an independent pricing service;
 
 
(b)
if no price is available pursuant to clause (a), the average of three bid-side market values obtained from independent broker-dealers or, if three such bid-side market values are not available, the lower of two bid-side market values obtained from independent broker-dealers, or, if two such bid side market values are not available, the bid side market value obtained from one independent broker-dealer in each case obtained within three business days of the related Measurement Date; or
 
 
(c)
if a price cannot be determined pursuant to clause (a) or (b), until the Measurement Date on which a price is available pursuant to clause (a) or (b), the fair market value of such Eligible Asset as determined by the Valuation Agent determined using a methodology reasonably satisfactory to the Treasury; provided that with respect to any Eligible Asset for which a price cannot be determined pursuant to clause (a) or (b) for more than 180 consecutive days, the market value shall be zero until the Measurement Date on which a price is available pursuant to clause (a) or (b); and (ii) with respect to each Temporary Investment, its bid side price or, if such price is not available, 98% of its par amount; provided that prior to the initial Measurement Date with respect to an Eligible Asset or Temporary Investment, the market value shall be deemed to be the purchase price of such Eligible Asset or Temporary Investment.
 
 
·
with respect to each Temporary Investment, its bid side price or, if such price is not available, 98% of its par amount; provided that prior to the initial measurement date with respect to an Eligible Asset or Temporary Investment, the market value will be deemed to be the purchase price of such Eligible Asset or Temporary Investment
 
 
 
50

 
 
So long as the PPIF uses the Treasury Debt Financing, these valuation policies cannot be amended without the consent of the Treasury.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Commencing with the Trust's initial dividend, the Trust intends to make regular quarterly cash distributions of all or a portion of its net investment income to common shareholders. We expect to declare the initial dividend on the Trust's common shares within approximately 45 days after completion of this offering and to pay that initial dividend approximately 90 to 120 days after completion of this offering. The Trust will distribute to common shareholders at least annually all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income after the payment of dividends and interest, if any, owed with respect to any forms of leverage utilized by the Trust. The Trust intends to pay any capital gains distributions at least annually.
 
Various factors will affect the level of the Trust's income, including the asset mix and the average maturity of its and the PPIF's portfolio, the amount of leverage utilized by the PPIF and its and the PPIF's ability to use hedging, which is limited. The ability of the Trust to make distributions to shareholders is largely dependent upon the distributions the PPIF makes to the Trust.   The PPIF will be required to distribute any income earned from its investments, including principal paydowns, interest and dividend income and any net proceeds realized from dispositions of investments, no later than thirty (30) calendar days following the end of each fiscal quarter in which such income is received by the PPIF.  However, the General Partner will be allowed to withhold from any distributions amounts necessary to (i) create reasonable reserves for PPIF Expenses and the making of investments (provided that such reserves for PPIF Expenses cannot exceed 0.10% of the amount invested in the PPIF without the written consent of the Treasury), (ii) create reasonable reserves for repayment of indebtedness and (iii) make investments as permitted by the PPIP.  Generally, distribution of income by the PPIF will initially be made to the Trust, the General Partner and the Treasury in proportion to each of their respective percentage interests in the PPIF.  After the PPIF has paid to each partner distributions equal to the amount of capital each partner contributed to the PPIF, for every $100 that would otherwise be distributed to the Trust or the General Partner, as the case may be, $1.50 would be distributed to the Treasury and $98.50 would be distributed to the Trust or the General Partner, as the case may be.  The PPIF's use of the Treasury Debt Financing will limit its ability to make distributions to the Trust.  See "Risks—Certain Risks Related to the PPIP."
 
To permit the Trust to maintain a more stable distribution rate, the Trust may from time to time distribute less than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period. The undistributed income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular quarterly period may be more or less than the amount of income actually earned by the Trust during that period. Undistributed income will add to the Trust's net asset value (and indirectly benefits the investment advisors by increasing their fees) and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed income will reduce the Trust's net asset value.
 
The Trust may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in cash and shares of the Trust’s common shares at the election of each stockholder.  On January 7, 2009, the IRS issued IRS Revenue Procedure 2009-15 that temporarily allows a regulated investment company that is traded on an established securities market to distribute its own stock as a dividend for the purpose of fulfilling its distribution requirements.  Pursuant to this revenue procedure, a regulated investment company may treat a distribution of its own stock as fulfilling its distribution requirements if (i) the distribution is declared with respect to a taxable year ending on or before December 31, 2009 and (ii) each shareholder may elect to receive his or her entire distribution in either cash or stock of the regulated investment company subject to a limitation on the aggregate amount of cash to be distributed to all shareholders, which must be at least 10% of the aggregate declared distribution.  If too many shareholders elect to receive cash, each shareholder electing to receive cash will receive a pro rata amount of cash (with the balance of the distribution paid in stock). In no event will any shareholder, electing to receive cash, receive less than 10% of his or her entire distribution in cash.  In such case, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of the dividend paid in stock will be equal to the amount of cash that could have been received instead of stock.  See section "Tax Matters" for tax consequences to shareholders upon receipt of such dividends.
 
Revenue Procedure 2009-15 is temporary in that it does not apply to dividends declared with respect to taxable years ending after December 31, 2009.  It is uncertain whether, and no assurances can be given that, the Internal Revenue Service will extend such guidance for taxable years ending after December 31, 2009.  The IRS has also issued (and where Revenue Procedure 2009-15 is not currently applicable, the IRS continues to issue) private
 
 
51

 
 
letter rulings on cash/stock dividends paid by regulated investment companies and real estate investment trusts using a 20% cash standard (instead of the 10% cash standard of Revenue Procedure 2009-15) if certain requirements are satisfied.  While it is generally expected that the IRS may continue such ruling policy, no assurances can be given that the IRS will not discontinue or adversely alter such ruling policy.  The Trust has not yet decided whether to pay any future dividend in cash and its common shares (whether pursuant to Revenue Procedure 2009-15, a private letter ruling or otherwise).  Moreover, no assurances can be given that the Trust will be able to pay any such dividend in cash and stock.
 
After the common shares are listed for trading on a national securities exchange, shareholders will automatically have all distributions reinvested in common shares of the Trust purchased in the open market in accordance with the Trust's Dividend Reinvestment Plan, unless an election is made to receive cash by contacting                   , the plan agent, at                   .
 
The Trust will also hold Eligible Assets and Temporary Investments directly, and may borrow money in an amount up to 5% of its total assets as a temporary measure, in order to make distributions to shareholders so that the Trust will be able to maintain its favorable tax status under the Code as a regulated investment company.
 
The U.S. federal income tax treatment and characterization of the Trust's distributions may vary significantly from time to time. In light of the Trust's investment policies, the Trust anticipates that the Investment Company Act will require it to accompany each quarterly distribution with a statement setting forth the estimated source (as between net income, capital gains and return of capital) of the distribution made. The Trust will indicate the proportion of its distributions that constitute capital gains annually. The ultimate U.S. federal income tax characterization of the Trust's distributions made in a calendar or fiscal year cannot finally be determined until after the end of that taxable year. As a result, there is a possibility that the Trust may make total distributions during a calendar or taxable year in an amount that exceeds the Trust's net investment company taxable income and net capital gains for the relevant taxable year. In such situations, the amount by which the Trust's total distributions exceed its investment company taxable income and net capital gains would generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital reducing the amount of a shareholder's tax basis in such shareholder's shares. When you sell your shares in the Trust, the amount, if any, by which your sales price exceeds your basis in the Trust's shares is gain subject to tax. Because a return of capital reduces your basis in the shares, it will increase the amount of your gain or decrease the amount of your loss when you sell the shares, all other things being equal.
 
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
 
The Trust's dividend reinvestment plan will not become effective until its common shares have been listed on a national securities exchange.  Once the common shares have been listed, its Dividend Reinvestment Plan will operate as described below.
 
Unless the registered owner of common shares elects to receive cash by contacting the Plan Agent (as defined herein), all distributions (other than liquidating distributions) declared for your common shares of the Trust will be automatically reinvested by                         (the "Plan Agent"), agent for shareholders in administering the Trust's Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the "Plan"), in common shares of the Trust purchased in the open market. If a registered owner of common shares elects not to participate in the Plan, you will receive all distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to you (or, if the shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by                                    , as dividend disbursing agent. You may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all distributions in cash by sending written instructions or by contacting                              , as dividend disbursing agent, at the address set forth below. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by contacting the Plan Agent before the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution. However, some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on your behalf and may re-invest that cash in additional common shares of the Trust for you. If you wish for all distributions declared on your common shares of the Trust to be automatically reinvested pursuant to the Plan, please contact your broker.
 
The Plan Agent will open an account for each common shareholder under the Plan in the same name in which such common shareholder's common shares are registered. Whenever the Trust declares a dividend or other distribution (together, a "dividend") payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in common shares. The common shares will be acquired by the Plan Agent for
 
 
52

 
 
the participants' accounts by purchase on the open market ("open-market purchases") on the New York Stock Exchange or elsewhere.
 
The Plan Agent maintains all shareholders' accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Agent on behalf of the Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Agent will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.
 
In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of common shares certified from time to time by the record shareholder's name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.
 
Each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred in connection with open-market purchases. The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve participants of any U.S. federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends. See "Tax Matters." Participants that request a sale of their common shares through the Plan Agent are subject to a brokerage commission of $       per share if they direct the Plan Agent to sell their common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account.
 
The Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan at any time without notice. There is no direct service charge to participants in the Plan; however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.
 
All inquires concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Agent at                      ,                                , or by telephone at                        .
 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
 
Common Shares
 
The Trust is a statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to an Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated as of July 24, 2009 (the "Agreement and Declaration of Trust"). The Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.001 per share. Each common share has one vote and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable, except that the trustees shall have the power to cause shareholders to pay expenses of the Trust by setting off charges due from shareholders from declared but unpaid dividends or distributions owed the shareholders and/or by reducing the number of common shares owned by each respective shareholder. All common shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Trust will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, when available, to all holders of its common shares.
 
The Trust has no present intention of offering any additional shares other than the common shares it may issue under the Trust's Plan.  Any additional offerings of shares would require approval by the Trust's board of trustees. Any additional offering of common shares also would be subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, which provides that shares may not be issued at a price below the then current net asset value, exclusive of the sales load, except in connection with an offering to existing holders of common shares or with the consent of a majority of the Trust's outstanding voting securities.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common shares of the Trust.  The Trust intends to apply for listing on the New York Stock Exchange so that trading on such exchange will begin approximately              from the date of this prospectus.  During such period, the underwriters do not intend to make a market in the Trust's common shares.  Consequently, it is anticipated that, prior to the commencement of trading on an exchange, an investment in the Trust will be illiquid and shareholders may not be able to sell their shares as it is unlikely that a secondary market for the common shares will develop.  If a secondary market does develop prior to the commencement of trading on an exchange, shareholders may be able to sell their common shares only at
 
 
53

 
 
substantial discounts from net asset value. The Trust's ability to list its common shares on the New York Stock Exchange is subject to meeting the standards for listing of such exchange, which the Trust expects it will meet (although no assurance can be given in this regard).  To meet the New York Stock Exchange's distribution requirements for trading, the common shares are to be held by a minimum of 400 beneficial owners in lots of 100 or more, at least 1,100,000 shares are to be publicly held in the United States and the aggregate market value of publicly held shares in the United States is at least $60 million.  The proposed symbol for common shares listed on the New York Stock Exchange is "     ." In the event the Trust's common shares are not approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange at the end of the   period, the Trust intends to apply either to have the Trust's shares listed on the American Stock Exchange or traded on the NASDAQ National Market System.
 
Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Trust do not continuously offer shares and do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a shareholder determines to buy additional common shares or sell shares already held, the shareholder may do so by trading through a broker on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade on an exchange at prices lower than net asset value. Shares of closed-end investment companies like the Trust have traded during some periods at prices higher than net asset value and have traded during other periods at prices lower than net asset value. Because the market value of the common shares may be influenced by such factors as dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), call protection on its portfolio securities, dividend stability, portfolio credit quality, net asset value, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, perceptions of the ability of BlackRock Advisors and                to manage the Funds' portfolios, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust, the Trust cannot assure you that common shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future. The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not purchase the common shares if you intend to sell them soon after purchase.
 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
 
The Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or to change the composition of its board of trustees. This could have the effect of depriving shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control over the Trust. Such attempts could have the effect of increasing the expenses of the Trust and disrupting the normal operation of the Trust.
 
Classified Board.  The board of trustees is divided into three classes, with the terms of one class expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of trustees is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the board of trustees. A trustee may be removed from office for cause only, and not without cause, and only by the action of a majority of the remaining trustees followed by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective trustee.
 
Transactions with 5% Shareholders.  In addition, the Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Trust's board of trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of the trustees, in which case "a majority of the outstanding voting securities" (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares (a "Principal Shareholder") refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of all outstanding classes or series of common shares of the Trust. The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are: the merger or consolidation of the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust with or into any Principal Shareholder; the issuance of any securities of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder for cash, except pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan; the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve month period; or the sale, lease or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust, in exchange for securities of the Trust, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than
 
 
54

 
 
2% of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.
 
PPIP Ownership Limit. The PPIP prohibits any investor in the Trust, together with its affiliates, from indirectly owning more than 9.9% of the capital commitments to the PPIF.  To ensure that investors do not violate this prohibition, the Declaration of Trust of the Trust provides that no person or entity, together with its affiliates, may beneficially own more than 19.7% of the Trust's outstanding common shares (the "PPIP Ownership Limit").  An investor that becomes subject to the PPIP Ownership Limit by virtue of a violative transfer that results in a transfer to a trust, as described below, is referred to as a "Purported Transferee."
 
The board of trustees of the Trust may from time to time increase or decrease the PPIP Ownership Limit in response to changes in the PPIP or interpretations of, or pronouncements with respect to, the PPIP by the Treasury or any other applicable regulatory authority.  To the extent permitted by any such change in the PPIP or applicable interpretations or pronouncements, reduced PPIP Ownership Limits will not apply to any investor whose percentage ownership in the Trust's common shares is in excess of such decreased PPIP Ownership Limit until such time as the investor's percentage of the Trust's outstanding common shares equals or falls below the decreased PPIP Ownership Limit, but any further acquisition of the Trust's common shares in excess of the reduced PPIP Ownership Limit will be in violation of the reduced PPIP Ownership Limit.
 
Any person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire beneficial ownership of the Trust's common shares that will or may violate any of the foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership will be required to give at least 30 days' prior written notice to the Trust and provide the Trust with such other information as we may request in order to determine the effect of such transfer under the PPIP.
 
If any purported transfer of the Trust's common shares or any other event would otherwise result in any person violating the PPIP Ownership Limit, then that number of shares (rounded up to the nearest whole share) that would cause the Trust to violate such restrictions will be automatically transferred to, and held by, a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable organizations selected by the board of trustees of the Trust and the Purported Transferee will acquire no rights in such common shares.  The automatic transfer will be effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the violative transfer or other event that results in a transfer to the charitable trust.  Any dividend or other distribution paid to the Purported Transferee, prior to the Trust's discovery that the common shares had been automatically transferred to a charitable trust as described above, must be repaid to the trustee of the charitable trust upon demand for distribution to the beneficiaries of the charitable trust.  If the transfer to the charitable trust as described above is not automatically effective, for any reason, to prevent violation of the PPIP Ownership Limit, then the Declaration of Trust provides that the transfer of the common shares will be void.
 
The trustee of the charitable trust is required to sell the common shares within 20 days of receiving the common shares to a person or entity designated by such trustee who could own the common shares without violating the PPIP Ownership Limit.  After that, the trustee must distribute to the Purported Transferee an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the price paid by the Purported Transferee for the shares (or, if the event which resulted in the transfer to the charitable trust did not involve a purchase of such common shares at market price, the last reported sales price of the common shares reported on the New York Stock Exchange on the day of the event which resulted in the transfer of such common shares to the charitable trust or the immediately preceding trading day on the New York Stock Exchange if such event did not occur on a trading day) and (ii) the sales proceeds (net of commissions and other expenses of sale) received by the charitable trust for the common shares.  Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Purported Transferee will be immediately paid to the beneficiary of the charitable trust, together with any dividends or other distributions thereon.  In addition, if prior to discovery by the Trust that common shares have been transferred to a charitable trust, such common shares are sold by a Purported Transferee, then such common shares will be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the charitable trust and to the extent that the Purported Transferee received an amount for or in respect of such common shares that exceeds the amount that such Purported Transferee was entitled to receive, such excess amount will be paid to the charitable trustee upon demand. The Purported Transferee has no rights in the shares held by the charitable trustee.
 
The charitable trustee will be designated by the board of trustees of the Trust and will be unaffiliated with the Trust, BlackRock Advisors or any Purported Transferee.  Prior to the sale of any common shares by the charitable trust, the trustee of the charitable trust will receive, in trust for the beneficiary, all dividends and other
 
 
55

 
 
distributions paid by the Trust with respect to the common shares held in trust and may also exercise all voting rights with respect to the common shares held in trust.  These rights will be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the charitable beneficiary.  Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to the Trust's discovery that common shares have been transferred to the charitable trust will be paid by the recipient to the charitable trustee upon demand.  Any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid will be paid when due to the charitable trustee.
 
Subject to Delaware law, effective as of the date that the common shares have been transferred to the charitable trust, the charitable trustee will have the authority, at the charitable trustee's sole discretion:
 
 
·
to rescind as void any vote cast by a Purported Transferee prior to the Trust's discovery that the common shares have been transferred to the charitable trust; and
 
 
·
to recast the vote in accordance with the desires of the charitable trustee acting for the benefit of the beneficiary of the charitable trust.
 
However, if the Trust has already taken action based on a vote at a shareholders meeting, then the charitable trustee may not rescind and recast the vote.
 
In addition, if the board of trustees of the Trust (or a committee or designee thereof) determines in good faith that a proposed transfer would violate the PPIP Ownership Limit, our board of trustees (or a committee or designee thereof) will take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such transfer, including, but not limited to, refusing to give effect to the transfer on our books or instituting proceedings to enjoin the transfer.
 
In addition, each shareholder shall upon demand is required to provide the Trust with such information as it may request in good faith in order to determine its and the PPIF's compliance with the requirements of the PPIP and to comply with any related requirements established by the Treasury or any other applicable governmental authority.  The PPIP Ownership Limit will not prevent a merger of the Trust with another entity or sale of substantially all of its assets to another entity.
 
For purposes of the PPIP Ownership Limitation, the term "affiliate" means any person or entity with the direct or indirect power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting shares, by contract or otherwise.
 
Conversion to an Open-End Fund.  To convert the Trust to an open-end investment company, the Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the board of the trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of shares of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless such amendment has been approved by at least 80% of the trustees, in which case "a majority of the outstanding voting securities" (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. The foregoing vote would satisfy a separate requirement in the Investment Company Act that any conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company be approved by the shareholders. If approved in the foregoing manner, we anticipate conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company might not occur until 90 days after the shareholders' meeting at which such conversion was approved and would also require at least 10 days' prior notice to all shareholders. Conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company would require the redemption of any outstanding preferred shares, which could eliminate or alter the leveraged capital structure of the Trust with respect to the common shares. Following any such conversion, it is possible that certain of the Trust's investment policies and strategies would have to be modified to assure sufficient portfolio liquidity. In the event of conversion, the common shares would cease to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or other national securities exchanges or market systems. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time, except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the Investment Company Act, at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. The Trust expects to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but reserves the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash and securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. If the Trust were converted to an open-end fund, it is likely that new shares would be sold at net asset value plus a sales load. The board of trustees believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable in light of the Trust's investment
 
 
56

 
 
objective and policies. Therefore, you should assume that it is not likely that the board of trustees would vote to convert the Trust to an open-end fund.
 
Miscellaneous.  For the purposes of calculating "a majority of the outstanding voting securities" under the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Trust shall vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the Investment Company Act or the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate class vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.
 
The Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the termination of the Trust on                                   , although it permits the board of trustees of the Trust to terminate the Trust prior to this date in its sole discretion. To terminate the Trust prior to                                   , the Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the approval of 80% of the trustees. The Trust's termination date can be extended upon an amendment to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust approved by a majority of the trustees and a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.
 
The board of trustees has determined that provisions with respect to the board of trustees and the shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the Investment Company Act, are in the best interest of shareholders generally. For a more complete explanation, see the full text of these provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, which is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE
 
The Trust is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company (commonly referred to as a closed-end fund). Closed-end funds differ from open-end funds (which are generally referred to as mutual funds) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a stock exchange and do not redeem their shares at the request of the shareholder. This means that if you wish to sell your shares of a closed-end fund you must trade them on the market like any other stock at the prevailing market price at that time. In a mutual fund, if the shareholder wishes to sell shares of the fund, the mutual fund will redeem or buy back the shares at "net asset value." Also, mutual funds generally offer new shares on a continuous basis to new investors, and closed-end funds generally do not. The continuous inflows and outflows of assets in a mutual fund can make it difficult to manage a mutual fund's investments. By comparison, closed-end funds are generally able to stay more fully invested in securities that are consistent with their investment objective, and also have greater flexibility to make certain types of investments, and to use certain investment strategies, such as financial leverage and investments in illiquid securities.
 
TAX MATTERS
 
The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to a shareholder who purchases common shares of the Trust in the Offering. The discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code" ), Treasury Regulations, judicial authorities, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or change (possibly with retroactive effect).  The discussion does not address all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular shareholder or to shareholders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws.  This discussion is limited to shareholders who hold their common shares as capital assets.  No private letter ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS regarding any matter discussed herein.  Counsel to the Trust has not rendered and will not render any legal opinion regarding any tax consequences relating to the Trust or an investment in the Trust.  No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax aspects set forth below.  Prospective investors must consult their own tax advisors as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of purchasing common shares of the Trust as part of this offering, as well as the effects of state, local and non-U.S. tax laws.
 
The Trust intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each year for special tax treatment afforded to a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify as a regulated investment company, the Trust must satisfy income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. As long as it so qualifies, the Trust will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent that it distributes its investment
 
 
57

 
 
company taxable income and net capital gains. The Trust intends to distribute at least annually substantially all of such income.  The Trust may declare a taxable dividend payable in cash or the Trust's common shares at the election of each shareholder to satisfy the Trust's distribution requirements.  In such case, for federal income tax purposes, the amount of the dividend paid in stock will be equal to the amount of cash that could have been received instead of the common shares.
 
The Trust will invest approximately     % of the net proceeds from this offering in the PPIF, which is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Consequently, with respect to its investment in the PPIF, the Trust's income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses will depend upon the corresponding items recognized by the PPIF.  For purposes of satisfying the income tests applicable to a regulated investment company under the Code, the Trust intends to look through to the assets of the PPIF.  Similarly, for purposes of satisfying the asset diversification tests applicable to a regulated investment company under the Code, the Trust intends to look through to the assets of the PPIF.  Any references to, and description of the U.S. federal income tax aspects of, the Trust's investment practices and activities, in effect, take into account the investment practices and activities of the PPIF.
 
Distributions paid to you by the Trust from its investment company taxable income (including the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) are generally taxable to you as ordinary income to the extent of the Trust's current and accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions made to you from an excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss ("capital gain dividends"), including capital gain dividends credited to you but retained by the Trust, are taxable to you as long-term capital gain if they have been properly designated by the Trust, regardless of the length of time you have owned Trust shares. The maximum tax rate on capital gain dividends received by individuals generally is 15% (5% for individuals in lower brackets) for such gain realized in taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010. If, for any calendar year, the Trust's total distributions exceed both the current taxable year's earnings and profits and accumulated earnings and profits from prior years, the excess will generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to and including the amount of a shareholder's tax basis in the common shares. A "return of capital" means that the Trust will make distributions to you in excess of your share of such earnings and profits. When you sell your shares in the Trust, the amount, if any, by which your sales price exceeds your basis in the Trust's shares is gain subject to tax. Because a return of capital reduces your basis in the shares, it will increase the amount of your gain or decrease the amount of your loss when you sell the shares. Generally, not later than 60 days after the close of its taxable year, the Trust will provide you with a written notice designating the amount of any qualified dividend income, income eligible for the dividends received deduction and/or capital gain dividends and other distributions.
 
The sale or other disposition of shares of the Trust will generally result in capital gain or loss to you (provided that the shares were held as a capital asset), and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of Trust shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange of shares of the Trust will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are acquired (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of the shares. In such case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain will currently be taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% applicable to ordinary income, while long-term capital gain generally will be taxed at a current maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15%.
 
The IRS currently requires that a regulated investment company that has two or more classes of stock allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of its income (such as ordinary income, capital gains, dividends qualifying for the dividends received deduction and qualified dividend income) based upon the percentage of total dividends paid out of earnings or profits to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, if the Trust issues a class of preferred shares, then the Trust intends each year to allocate capital gain dividends, dividends qualifying for the dividends received deduction and dividends derived from qualified dividend income, if any, between its common shares and preferred shares in proportion to the total dividends paid out of earnings or profits to each class with respect to such tax year.
 
 
58

 
 
Certain of the Funds' investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. The Trust will monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to borrow money or dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Trust as a regulated investment company.  See "Risks—Tax Risks."
 
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested in additional shares of the Trust. If the Trust pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December to shareholders of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for tax purposes as being paid by the Trust and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.
 
The Trust is required in certain circumstances to withhold, for U.S. federal backup withholding purposes, on taxable dividends and certain other payments paid to non-corporate holders of the Trust's shares who do not furnish the Trust with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, their social security number) and certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to you may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
 
The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative and administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Trust and its shareholders can be found in the Statement of Additional Information, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, foreign, state, local income or other taxes.
 
UNDERWRITING
 
Subject to the terms and conditions of a purchase agreement dated            , 2009, each underwriter named below, for which                                                                  is acting as representative, has severally agreed to purchase, and the Trust has agreed to sell to such underwriter, the number of common shares set forth opposite the name of such underwriter.
Underwriter
 
Number of Common
Shares
     
     
     
     
     

 
The purchase agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares included in this offering are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by counsel and certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the common shares sold under the purchase agreement if any of the common shares are purchased. In the purchase agreement, the Trust has agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or to contribute payments the underwriters may be required to make for any of those liabilities.
 
 
59

 
 
Commissions and Discounts
 
The underwriters propose to initially offer some of the common shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the common shares to certain dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of $      per share. The sales load the Trust will pay of $          per share is equal to          % of the initial offering price. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $      per share on sales to other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price, concession and discount may be changed. Investors must pay for any common shares purchased on or before            , 2009.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common shares of the Trust.  The Trust intends to apply for listing on the New York Stock Exchange so that trading on such exchange will begin approximately          from the date of this prospectus.  During such period, the underwriters do not intend to make a market in the Trust's common shares.  Consequently, it is anticipated that, prior to the commencement of trading on an exchange, an investment in the Trust will be illiquid and shareholders may not be able to sell their shares as it is unlikely that a secondary market for the common shares will develop.  If a secondary market does develop prior to the commencement of trading on an exchange, shareholders may be able to sell their common shares only at substantial discounts from net asset value.    The Trust expects that it will meet the New York Stock Exchange standards for listing.  To meet the New York Stock Exchange's distribution requirements for trading, the common shares are to be held by a minimum of 400 beneficial owners in lots of 100 or more, at least 1,100,000 shares are to be publicly held in the United States and the aggregate market value of publicly held shares in the United States is at least $60 million.  In the event the Trust's common shares are not approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange at the end of the  period, the Trust intends to apply either to have the Trust's shares listed on the American Stock Exchange or traded on the NASDAQ National Market System.
 
The following table shows the public offering price, sales load, estimated offering expenses and proceeds, after expenses, to the Trust.
 
     
Per Share
   
Total
 
 
Public offering price                                                                                    
  $       $    
 
Sales load                                                                                    
  $       $    
 
Estimated offering expenses                                                                                    
  $       $    
 
Proceeds, after expenses, to the Trust                                                                                    
  $       $    
 
The Trust will pay all of its offering costs (other than sales load) and all of its organizational costs up to and including $      per common share. This amount includes the $         per common share partial reimbursement of expenses to the underwriters and may also include a reimbursement of BAL's expenses incurred in connection with this offering. The amount paid by the Trust as the partial reimbursement to the underwriters will not exceed            % of the total price to the public of the common shares sold in this offering. BAL has agreed to pay all of the Trust's and its pro rata share of the PPIF's offering expenses to the extent offering expenses (other than sales load) and the Trust's and its pro rata share of the PPIF's organizational expenses exceed $         per common share.
 
Investors who purchase a large amount of common shares will be eligible for a reduced sales charge according to the following table:
 
Amount of Transaction
 
Sales Load Per Share
$ 1,500 - $9,999,999  
%
$ 10,000,000  
%
 
Other Relationships
 
BAL (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay a commission to certain wholesalers of its broker-dealer affiliate, BlackRock Investments, LLC, that participate in the marketing of the Trust's common shares, which commissions will not exceed        % of the total price to the public of the common shares sold in this offering. The Trust may reimburse BAL for all or a portion of its expenses incurred in connection with this offering (other than those described in the preceding sentence), to the extent that the $         per common share reimbursement of expenses of
 
 
60

 
 
the underwriters (described above) and the other offering expenses of the Trust do not equal or exceed the $       per common share the Trust has agreed to pay for the offering and organizational expenses of the Trust.
 
The sum of the fees described above, plus the amount paid by the Trust as of the $          per common share partial reimbursement of expenses to the underwriters, will not exceed        % of the aggregate initial offering price of the common shares offered hereby. The sum total of all compensation to the underwriters in connection with this public offering of common shares, including sales load and additional compensation to and reimbursement of the underwriters, will be limited to 9% of the total price to the public of the common shares sold in this offering.
 
The principal address of                                               is                                             .
 
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
 
The custodian of the assets of the Trust will be                  . The custodian will perform custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services.                      will serve as the Trust's transfer agent with respect to the common shares.
 
LEGAL OPINIONS
 
Certain legal matters in connection with the common shares will be passed upon for the Trust by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, and for the underwriters by           .            may rely as to certain matters of Delaware law on the opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP.
 
PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE TRUST
 
The Trust is committed to maintaining the privacy of its current and former shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Trust collects, how the Trust protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Trust may share such information with select parties.
 
The Trust obtains or verifies personal non-public information from and about you from different sources, including the following: (i) information the Trust receives from you or, if applicable, your financial intermediary, on applications, forms or other documents; (ii) information about your transactions with the Trust, its affiliates or others; (iii) information the Trust receives from a consumer reporting agency; and (iv) from visits to the Trust's or its affiliates' Websites.
 
The Trust does not sell or disclose to non-affiliated third parties any non-public personal information about its current and former shareholders, except as permitted by law or as is necessary to respond to regulatory requests or to service shareholder accounts. These non-affiliated third parties are required to protect the confidentiality and security of this information and to use it only for its intended purpose.
 
The Trust may share information with its affiliates to service your account or to provide you with information about other BlackRock products or services that may be of interest to you. In addition, the Trust restricts access to non-public personal information about its current and former shareholders to those BlackRock employees with a legitimate business need for the information. The Trust maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards that are designed to protect the non-public personal information of its current and former shareholders, including procedures relating to the proper storage and disposal of such information.
 
If you are located in a jurisdiction where specific laws, rules or regulations require the Trust to provide you with additional or different privacy-related rights beyond what is set forth above, then the Trust will comply with those specific laws, rules or regulations.
 
OTHER INFORMATION
 
BlackRock is the ultimate parent company of BAL and BFM.  BlackRock is independent in ownership and governance, with no single majority stockholder and a majority of independent directors.  Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bank of America Corporation, and The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. own approximately 4.9% and 46.5% of BlackRock's voting common stock, respectively, and approximately 47.4% and
 
 
61

 
 
31.5% of BlackRock's capital stock on a fully diluted basis, respectively.  The remaining approximately 21.1% is held by employees and the public.
 
 
 
 
62

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Page
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
B-2
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
B-2
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
B-3
RISKS
B-6
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
B-8
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
B-19
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
B-20
TAX MATTERS
B-21
EXPERTS
B-26
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
B-26
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
F-1
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE FUNDS
F-2
APPENDIX A  RATINGS OF INVESTMENTS
A-1
APPENDIX B  GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF STRATEGIC TRANSACTIONS
B-1
APPENDIX C  PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR THE BLACKROCK-ADVISED FUNDS
C-1
 
 
 
 
63

 
 
 

 
Until            , 2009 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
                          Shares
 
 
BlackRock Legacy Securities Public-Private Trust
Common Shares
$        per Share


 
PROSPECTUS
 



 

 

 
                         , 2009
 
 
 
 

 

The information in this statement of additional information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This statement of additional information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 24, 2009
 
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
BlackRock Legacy Securities Public-Private Trust (the "Trust") is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. BlackRock            , L.P. (the "PPIF") is a Delaware limited partnership.  The Trust and the PPIF are sometimes referred to collectively in this Statement of Additional Information as the "Funds."  This Statement of Additional Information relating to the common shares of the Trust does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus relating thereto dated                        , 2009. This Statement of Additional Information, which is not a prospectus, does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing common shares, and investors should obtain and read the prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling (888) 825-2257 or by visiting the Securities and Exchange Commission's website (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement of Additional Information have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
B-2
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
B-2
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
B-3
RISKS
B-6
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
B-8
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
B-19
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
B-20
TAX MATTERS
B-21
EXPERTS
B-26
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
B-26
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
F-1
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE FUNDS
F-2
APPENDIX A  RATINGS OF INVESTMENTS
A-1
APPENDIX B  GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF STRATEGIC TRANSACTIONS
B-1
APPENDIX C  PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR THE BLACKROCK-ADVISED FUNDS
C-1
 
This Statement of Additional Information is dated            , 2009.

 
 
B-1

 

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The Trust will invest approximately      % of the net proceeds from this offering in Eligible Assets and Temporary Investments and the remainder of the net proceeds from this offering in the PPIF.  The PPIF, in turn, will invest the proceeds it receives from the Trust in Eligible Assets and Temporary Investments.  The Funds will invest in accordance with the investment objective and policies as stated in the prospectus.
 
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
 
Except as described below, the Trust, as a fundamental policy, may not, without the approval of the holders of majority of the outstanding common shares and preferred shares, if any, voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred shares, if any, voting as a separate class:
 
 
(1)
with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of the value of its total assets in the securities of any single issuer or purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer; provided, however, that this restriction does not apply to the Trust's investment in the PPIF;
 
 
(2)
invest 25% or more of the value of its total assets in any one industry, provided that securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities and tax-exempt securities of governments or their political subdivisions will not be considered to represent an industry;
 
 
(3)
issue senior securities or borrow money other than as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Investment Company Act") and any exemptive relief  therefrom and in connection with the Treasury Debt Financing or pledge its assets other than to secure such issuances or in connection with hedging transactions, short sales, securities lending, when issued and forward commitment transactions and similar investment strategies;
 
 
(4)
make loans of money or property to any person, except through loans of portfolio securities, the purchase of fixed income securities (including without limitation senior secured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt and second lien or other subordinated or unsecured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt) or the entry into repurchase agreements;
 
 
(5)
underwrite the securities of other issuers, except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities or the sale of its own securities, the Trust may be deemed to be an underwriter;
 
 
(6)
purchase or sell real estate, except that the Trust may invest in securities of companies that deal in real estate or are engaged in the real estate business, including real estate investment trusts ("REITs") and real estate operating companies, and instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, and the Trust may acquire, hold and sell real estate acquired through default, liquidation, or other distributions of an interest in real estate as a result of the Trust's ownership of such other assets; or
 
 
(7)
purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts for any purposes except as, and to the extent, permitted by applicable law without the Trust becoming subject to registration with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the "CFTC") as a commodity pool.
 
For the purposes of applying the percentage limitations set forth in the foregoing fundamental policies, the assets of the PPIF will be consolidated with the assets of the Trust.
 
When used with respect to particular shares of the Trust, "majority of the outstanding" means (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting of shareholders, if the holders of more than 50% of the shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the shares, whichever is less.
 
Except for the fundamental policies disclosed above, the Trust's investment objective and its other investment policies are non-fundamental and may be changed by the board of trustees of the Trust without shareholder approval; provided, however, that the Trust cannot modify the investment policies of the PPIF without the consent of the Treasury.
 
 
B-2

 
 
The Funds also are subject to the following non-fundamental restrictions and policies, which if permitted by the PPIP, may be changed by the General Partner or the board of trustees, as applicable. The Funds may not:
 
 
(1)
make any short sale of securities; or
 
 
(2)
purchase securities of open-end or closed-end investment companies except securities issued by money market funds as permitted by the PPIP.  As a shareholder in any investment company, the Trust may bear its ratable share of that investment company's expenses, and may remain subject to payment of the Trust's advisory fees and other expenses with respect to assets so invested. Holders of common shares would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Trust invests in other investment companies. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may be leveraged and will therefore be subject to the risks of leverage. The net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares.
 
In addition, to comply with U.S. federal income tax requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company, the Funds' investments will be limited in a manner such that, on a consolidated basis, at the close of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) no more than 25% of the value of the Trust's total assets are invested (i) in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer or two or more issuers controlled (by owning 20% or more of their voting power) by the Trust and determined to be engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses or (ii) in the securities of one or more "qualified publicly traded partnerships" (as defined under Section 851(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")) and (b) with regard to at least 50% of the value of the Trust's total assets, no more than 5% of the value of its total assets are invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer and no investment represents more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer. These tax-related limitations may be changed by the trustees to the extent appropriate in light of changes to applicable tax requirements.
 
The PPIF will be subject to the investment limitations described in the prospectus.
 
The percentage limitations applicable to the Trust's and the PPIF's portfolio described in the prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information apply only at the time of investment and neither the Trust nor the PPIF will be required to sell securities due to subsequent changes in the value of securities it owns.
 
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
 
The following information supplements the discussion of the Funds' investment policies and techniques in the prospectus.
 
Restricted and Illiquid Securities
 
The Funds may not be able to readily dispose of illiquid securities at prices that approximate those at which the Funds could sell such securities if they were more widely traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Funds may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations.
 
The Funds may purchase certain securities eligible for resale to qualified institutional buyers as contemplated by Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") ("Rule 144A Securities"). Rule 144A provides an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for the resale of certain restricted securities to certain qualified institutional buyers. One effect of Rule 144A is that certain restricted securities may be considered liquid, though no assurance can be given that a liquid market for Rule 144A Securities will develop or be maintained. However, where a substantial market of qualified institutional buyers has developed for certain unregistered securities purchased by the Funds pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, the Funds may treat such securities as liquid securities in certain instances. To the extent that, for a period of time, qualified institutional buyers cease purchasing restricted securities pursuant to Rule 144A, the Funds' investing in such securities may have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in its investment portfolio during such period
 
 
 
B-3

 
 
Temporary Investments
 
For temporary defensive proposes or to keep cash on hand or for investment purposes, the Funds may invest in Temporary Investments, which are defined as: cash and investments in Treasury securities and money market mutual funds that (i) are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and regulated under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Investment Company Act") and (ii) invest exclusively in direct obligations of the United States of America or obligations the prompt payment of the principal of and interest on which is unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America.
 
Strategic Transactions
 
PPIF's ability to engage in any of the investment techniques described below is subject to certain restrictions imposed by the PPIP.  Specifically, the PPIF may not, without the written consent of the Treasury:
 
 
·
enter into any derivative contract unless such contract is intended solely to hedge the PPIF's interest rate exposure with respect to any debt obligation;
 
 
·
hedge any credit risks arising from investments made by the PPIF; or
 
 
·
directly or indirectly lend Eligible Assets or any economic interest therein for any purpose (including to facilitate delivery of a short sale).
 
While the restrictions on such investment techniques described in this prospectus do not necessarily apply the Trust, the Trust has agreed to abide by them.  As such, its ability to engage in the investment techniques described below will be limited until such time as the board of trustees determines in good faith that it would be in the best interests of the Trust to no longer abide by such restrictions.
 
Strategic Transactions.  Subject to the restrictions discussed above, the Funds may, but are not required to, use various Strategic Transactions described below for hedging and risk management purposes or to enhance total return. Such Strategic Transactions are commonly used in modern portfolio management and are regularly used by many mutual funds, closed-end funds and other institutional investors. Although the General Partner may seek Treasury's consent to use Strategic Transactions to further the PPIF's investment objective, no assurance can be given that they will be authorized by Treasury or, if authorized, that they will be successful.  Appendix B to the Statement of Additional Information contains further information about the characteristics, risks and possible benefits of Strategic Transactions.
 
Subject to the restrictions described above, the Funds may purchase and sell derivative instruments such as exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, financial futures, equity, fixed income and interest rate indices, and other financial instruments, purchase and sell financial futures contracts and options thereon, enter into various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars (see "—Interest Rate Transactions" below) or credit transactions and credit default swaps. The Funds also may purchase derivative instruments that combine features of these instruments. Collectively, all of the above are referred to as "Strategic Transactions." The Funds generally would seek to use Strategic Transactions as a portfolio management or hedging technique to seek to protect against possible adverse changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for the Funds' portfolios, protect the value of the Funds' portfolios, facilitate the sale of certain securities for investment purposes, manage the effective interest rate exposure of the Funds, manage the effective maturity or duration of the Funds' portfolios or establish positions in the derivatives markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities. The Funds may seek to use Strategic Transactions to enhance total return, although the Funds will commit variation margin for Strategic Transactions that involve futures contracts in accordance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC).
 
Strategic Transactions have risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction or illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Investment Team's ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Thus, the use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Funds to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Funds
 
 
B-4

 
 
can realize on an investment or may cause the Funds to hold a security that they might otherwise sell.  Additionally, amounts paid by the Funds as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Funds for investment purposes.
 
Interest Rate Transactions. Subject to the restrictions discussed above, the Funds may enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions. Interest rate swaps involve the Funds' agreement with the swap counterparty to pay a fixed rate payment on a notional amount in exchange for the counterparty paying the Funds a variable rate payment on a notional amount that is intended to approximate the Funds' variable rate payment obligation on any variable rate borrowing. The payment obligation would be based on the notional amount of the swap.
 
The Funds may use an interest rate cap, which would require it to pay a premium to the cap counterparty and would entitle it, to the extent that a specified variable rate index exceeds a predetermined fixed rate, to receive from the counterparty payment of the difference based on the notional amount. The Funds may use interest rate swaps in order to enhance total return.
 
The Funds will usually enter into swaps on a net basis; that is, the two payment streams will be netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Funds receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The Funds intend to designate on their books and records cash or liquid securities having a value at least equal to the Funds' net payment obligations under any swap transaction, marked to market daily.  When used in connection with leverage, the Funds would not enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions in an aggregate notional amount that exceeds the outstanding amount of the Funds' leverage.
 
The use of interest rate swaps and caps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. Depending on the state of interest rates in general, the Funds' use of interest rate swaps or caps could enhance or harm the overall performance of the common shares. To the extent there is a decline in interest rates, the value of the interest rate swap or cap could decline, and could result in a decline in the net asset value of the common shares. In addition, if short-term interest rates are lower than the Funds' fixed rate of payment on the interest rate swap, the swap will reduce common share net earnings. If, on the other hand, short-term interest rates are higher than the fixed rate of payment on the interest rate swap, the swap will enhance common share net earnings. Buying interest rate caps could enhance the performance of the common shares by providing a maximum leverage expense. Buying interest rate caps could also decrease the net earnings of the common shares in the event that the premium paid by the Funds to the counterparty exceeds the additional amount the Funds would have been required to pay had it not entered into the cap agreement.
 
Interest rate swaps and caps generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate swaps is limited to the net amount of interest or premium payments that the Funds are contractually obligated to make. If the counterparty defaults, the Funds would not be able to use the anticipated net receipts under the swap or cap to offset the dividend payments on interest payments on borrowing. Depending on whether the Funds would be entitled to receive net payments from the counterparty on the swap or cap, which in turn would depend on the general state of short-term interest rates at that point in time, such a default could negatively impact the performance of the common shares.
 
Although the Funds cannot eliminate counterparty risk, the Funds will not enter into an interest rate swap or cap transaction with any counterparty that the Investment Team believes does not have the financial resources to honor its obligation under the interest rate swap or cap transaction. Further, the Investment Team will continually monitor the financial stability of a counterparty to an interest rate swap or cap transaction in an effort to proactively protect the Funds' investments.
 
In addition, at the time the interest rate swap or cap transaction reaches its scheduled termination date, there is a risk that the Funds will not be able to obtain a replacement transaction or that the terms of the replacement will not be as favorable as on the expiring transactions. If this occurs, it could have a negative impact on the performance of the common shares.
 
The Funds may choose or be required to prepay any borrowings. This would likely result in the Funds seeking to terminate early all, or a portion of, any swap or cap transaction. Such early termination of a swap could
 
 
B-5

 
 
result in a termination payment by or to the Funds. An early termination of a cap could result in a termination payment to the Funds.
 
Credit Derivatives.    Subject to any applicable restrictions imposed by the PPIP, the Funds may engage in credit derivative transactions. There are two broad categories of credit derivatives: default price risk derivatives and market spread derivatives. Default price risk derivatives are linked to the price of reference securities or loans after a default by the issuer or borrower, respectively. Market spread derivatives are based on the risk that changes in market factors, such as credit spreads, can cause a decline in the value of a security, loan or index. There are three basic transactional forms for credit derivatives: swaps, options and structured instruments. A credit default swap is an agreement between two counterparties that allows one counterparty (the "seller") to purchase or be "long" a third party's credit risk and the other party (the "buyer") to sell or be "short" the credit risk. Typically, the seller agrees to make regular fixed payments to the buyer with the same frequency as the underlying reference bond. In exchange, the seller typically has the right upon default of the underlying bond to put the bond to the buyer in exchange for the bond's par value plus interest. Credit default swaps can be used as a substitute for purchasing or selling a credit security and sometimes are preferable to actually purchasing the security. A purchaser of a credit default swap is subject to counterparty risk. The Funds will monitor any such swaps or derivatives with a view towards ensuring that the Funds remain in compliance with all applicable regulations and tax requirements.
 
Securities Lending
 
Subject to any applicable restrictions imposed by the PPIP, the Funds may lend portfolio securities to banks or dealers which meet the certain creditworthiness standards (a "Qualified Institution"). By lending their portfolio securities, the Funds attempt to increase income through the receipt of interest on the loan. Any gain or loss in the market price of the securities loaned that may occur during the term of the loan will be for the account of the Funds. The Funds may lend portfolio securities so long as the Treasury consents and the terms and the structure of such loans are not inconsistent with requirements of the Investment Company Act and any rules promulgated thereunder or exemptive relief from the Investment Company Act, which currently require that (i) the borrower pledge and maintain with the Funds collateral consisting of cash, a letter of credit issued by a domestic U.S. bank, or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government having a value at all times not less than 100% of the value of the securities loaned, (ii) the borrower add to such collateral whenever the price of the securities loaned rises (i.e., the value of the loan is "marked to the market" on a daily basis), (iii) the loan be made subject to termination by the Funds at any time and (iv) the Funds receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may include the Funds' investing any cash collateral in interest bearing short-term investments), any distributions on the loaned securities and any increase in their market value.  The Funds will not lend portfolio securities if, as a result, the aggregate of such loans exceeds  % of the value of the applicable Fund's total assets (including such loans). Loan arrangements made by the Funds will comply with all other applicable regulatory requirements, including the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, which rules presently require the borrower, after notice, to redeliver the securities within the normal settlement time of five business days. All relevant facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the Qualified Institution, will be monitored by the Investment Team and will be considered in making decisions with respect to lending securities.  In addition, voting rights may pass with the loaned securities, but if a material event were to occur affecting such a loan, the loan must be called and the securities voted.
 
RISKS
 
Hedging Transactions Risk
 
Subject to any applicable restrictions imposed by the PPIP, the hedging techniques of the Funds could involve a variety of derivative transactions described herein.  There can be no assurance that all or any portion of the portfolio investments of the Funds will be hedged against investment risks or that the hedging strategies, if employed, will prove successful.  The ability of the Funds to hedge successfully will depend on the ability of the Investment Team to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured.  Hedging techniques involve risks different than those of underlying investments.  In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of hedging instruments and price movements in the position being hedged by the Funds creates the possibility that losses on the hedge may be greater than gains in the value of portfolio investments.  Such losses can be substantial and include losses on the hedged position, the attempted hedged position or both.  Hedging transactions also generally limit the potential gain which might result if the value of a portfolio investment should increase, due to the cost of hedging or a decline in the value of the hedged position.  The Investment Team may not
 
 
B-6

 
 
seek, or be able, to establish a perfect correlation between a hedging instrument and the position being hedged.  The portfolio of the Funds will always be subject to risks that cannot be hedged.
 
Swap Risk
 
Subject to any applicable restrictions imposed by the PPIP, the Funds may enter into swap transactions, including credit default, total return, index and interest rate swap agreements, as well as options thereon, and may purchase or sell interest rate caps, floors and collars. Such transactions are subject to market risk, risk of default by the other party to the transaction and risk of imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets and may involve commissions or other costs. Swaps generally do not involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Funds are contractually obligated to make, or in the case of the other party to a swap defaulting, the net amount of payments that the Funds are contractually entitled to receive. When the Funds act as a seller of a credit default swap agreement with respect to a debt security, they are subject to the risk that an adverse credit event may occur with respect to the debt security and the Funds may be required to pay the buyer the full notional value of the debt security under the swap net of any amounts owed to the Funds by the buyer under the swap (such as the buyer's obligation to deliver the debt security to the Funds). As a result, the Funds bear the entire risk of loss due to a decline in value of a referenced debt security on a credit default swap they have sold if there is a credit event with respect to the security. If the Funds are a buyer of a credit default swap and no credit event occurs, the Funds may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased.
 
The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid. However, as a result of recent financial turmoil, it is possible that swaps will come under new governmental regulation. The Investment Team cannot predict the effects of any new governmental regulation on the ability of the Funds to use swaps and there can be no assurance that such regulation will not adversely affect the Funds' portfolios.  Caps, floors and collars are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been fully developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps. If the Investment Team is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates or currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Funds would be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used.
 
Credit Derivatives Risk
 
Subject to any applicable restrictions imposed by the PPIP, the Funds may make use of credit derivatives.  The use of credit derivatives is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If the Investment Team is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads or other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Funds would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Moreover, even if the Investment Team is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that a credit derivative position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being protected. The Funds' risk of loss in a credit derivative transaction varies with the form of the transaction. For example, if the Funds purchase a default option on a security, and if no default occurs with respect to the security, the Funds' loss is limited to the premium it paid for the default option. In contrast, if there is a default by the grantor of a default option, the Funds' loss will include both the premium that it paid for the option and the decline in value of the underlying security that the default option protected.
 
Strategic Transactions Risk
 
Subject to any applicable restrictions imposed by the PPIP, the Funds may engage in various other portfolio strategies, including interest rate transactions, options, futures and other derivatives transactions ("Strategic Transactions"), for hedging and risk management purposes and to enhance total return. The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Strategic Transactions involve risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction and illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the Funds' ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Investment Team's ability to predict pertinent market
 
 
B-7

 
 
movements, which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Funds to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Funds can realize on an investment or may cause the Funds to hold a security that they might otherwise sell. Additionally, amounts paid by the Funds as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Funds for investment purposes.
 
Counterparty Risk
 
The Funds will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts purchased by the Funds. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Funds may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Funds may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.
 
Securities Lending Risk
 
Subject to any applicable restrictions imposed by the PPIP, the Funds may lend portfolio securities to banks or dealers which meet certain creditworthiness standards. Securities lending is subject to the risk that loaned securities may not be available to the Funds on a timely basis and the Funds may therefore lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Any loss in the market price of securities loaned by the Funds that occurs during the term of the loan would be borne by the Funds and would adversely affect the Funds' performance. Also, there may be delays in recovery, or no recovery, of securities loaned or even a loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially while the loan is outstanding.
 
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
 
Investment Management Agreement
 
The investment management agreement between the Trust and BAL was approved by the Trust's board of trustees at an "in-person" meeting held on           , 2009, including a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the agreement or "interested persons" (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party (in such capacity, the "independent trustees"). The agreement was approved by the sole common shareholder of the Trust on                                 , 2009. The agreement provides for the Trust to pay a management fee at an annual rate equal to          % of the monthly value of the Trust's total assets. During periods in which the Trust is using leverage, the fees paid to BAL will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage because the fees are calculated as a percentage of the Trust's total assets, which include those assets purchased with leverage.
 
The investment management agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of 12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Trust's board of trustees or the vote of a majority of the securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the independent trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Trust (upon the vote of a majority of the Trust's board of trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust) or by BAL, upon 60 days' written notice by either party to the other which can be waived by the non-terminating party. The agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).
 
The investment management agreement provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, BAL is not liable to the Trust or any of the Trust's shareholders for any act or omission by BAL in the supervision or management of its respective investment activities or for any loss sustained by the Trust or the Trust's shareholders and provides for indemnification by the Trust of BAL, its directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Trust, subject to certain limitations and conditions.
 
 
B-8

 
 
BAL will devote such time and effort to the business of the Trust as is reasonably necessary to perform its duties to the Trust. However, the services of BAL are not exclusive, and BAL provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.
 
Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement
 
The Trust and BAL have entered into a sub-investment advisory agreement with BFM and                . The agreement was approved by the Trust's board of trustees, including a majority of the independent trustees, and at an "in person" meeting held on               , 2009. The agreement was approved by the sole common shareholder of the Trust on                , 2009.
 
BAL will pay an annual sub-advisory fee to BFM equal to         .  BAL will also pay an annual sub-advisory fee to                equal to               .
 
The sub-investment advisory agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of 12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Trust's board of trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the independent trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Trust or BAL (upon the vote of a majority of the Trust's board of trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust) or by BFM or                , upon 60 days' written notice by any party to the other, which notice can be waived by the non-terminating party. The agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).
 
The sub-investment advisory agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, BFM or                is not liable to the Trust or any of the Trust's shareholders for any act or omission by BFM or                in the supervision or management of its respective investment activities or for any loss sustained by the Trust or the Trust's shareholders and provides for indemnification by the Trust of BFM or                , its directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Trust, subject to certain limitations and conditions.
 
BFM and                will devote such time and effort to the business of the Trust as is reasonably necessary to perform its duties to the Trust. However, the services of BFM and                are not exclusive, and each provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.
 
Matters Considered by the Board of Trustees
 
A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the investment management agreement and the sub-investment advisory agreement by the board of trustees of the Trust will be available in the Trust's first report to shareholders following the completion of this offering.
 
Trustees and Officers of the Trust
 
The officers of the Trust manage its day-to-day operations. The officers are directly responsible to the Trust's board of trustees which sets broad policies for the Trust and chooses its officers. Below is a list of the trustees and officers of the Trust and their present positions and principal occupations during the past five years. The business address of the Trust and its board members and officers is 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, unless specified otherwise below.
 
The trustees listed below are trustees or directors of other closed-end funds in which the Advisor acts as investment advisor.
 
 
B-9

 
 
 
Name, Address
and Year of Birth
   
Position(s) Held with Funds
   
Length of Time Served
   
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
   
Number of BlackRock-Advised Funds and Portfolios Overseen*
   
Public Directorships
                     
Non-Interested Trustees
                   
                     
Richard E. Cavanagh
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
 
1946
 
Trustee and Chairman of the Board
 
Since May 2009
 
Trustee, Aircraft Finance Trust since 1999; Director, The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America since 1998; Chairman and Trustee, Educational Testing Service since 1997; Senior Advisor, The Fremont Group since 2008 and Director thereof since 1996; Adjunct Professor, Harvard University since 2007; President and Chief Executive Officer of The Conference Board, Inc. (global business research organization) from 1995 to 2007.
 
 
106 Funds
 
103 Portfolios
 
Arch Chemical (chemical and allied products)
Karen P. Robards
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
 
1950
 
 
Trustee, Vice Chair of the Board and
Chairperson
of the Audit Committee
 
Since May 2009
 
Partner of Robards & Company, LLC (financial advisory firm) since 1987; Co-founder and Director of the Cooke Center for Learning and Development (a not-for-profit organization) since 1987; Director of Enable Medical Corp. from 1996 to 2005.
 
 
106 Funds
 
103 Portfolios
 
 
AtriCure, Inc. (medical devices); Care Investment Trust, Inc. (health care REIT)
 
G. Nicholas Beckwith, III
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
 
1945
 
Trustee
 
Since May 2009
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Arch Street Management, LLC (Beckwith Family Foundation) and various Beckwith property companies since 2005; Chairman of the Board of Directors, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center since 2002; Board of Directors, Shady Side Hospital Foundation since 1977; Board of Directors, Beckwith Institute for Innovation In Patient Care since 1991; Member, Advisory Council on Biology and Medicine, Brown University since 2002; Trustee, Claude Worthington Benedum Foundation (charitable foundation) since 1989; Board of Trustees, Chatham College since 1981; Board of Trustees, University of Pittsburgh since 2002; Emeritus Trustee, Shady Side Academy since 1977; Chairman and Manager, Penn West Industrial Trucks LLC (sales, rental and servicing of material handling equipment) from 2005 to 2007; Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Beckwith Machinery Company (sales, rental and servicing of construction and equipment) from 1985 to 2005; Board of Directors, National Retail Properties (REIT) from 2006 to 2007.
 
 
106 Funds
 
103 Portfolios
 
 
None
Kent Dixon
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
 
1937
 
 
Trustee and Member of the Audit Committee
 
Since May 2009
 
Consultant/
Investor since 1988.
 
106 Funds
 
103 Portfolios
 
None
Frank J. Fabozzi
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
 
1948
 
Trustee and Member of the Audit Committee
 
Since May 2009
 
Consultant/Editor of The Journal of Portfolio Management since 2006; Professor in the Practice of Finance and Becton Fellow, Yale University, School of Management, since 2006; Adjunct Professor of Finance and Becton Fellow, Yale University from 1994 to 2006.
 
 
106 Funds
 
103 Portfolios
 
None
 
 
 
B-10

 
 
 
 
Name, Address
and Year of Birth
   
Position(s) Held with Funds
   
Length of Time Served
   
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
   
Number of BlackRock-Advised Funds and Portfolios Overseen*
 
Public Directorships
                     
Kathleen F. Feldstein
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
 
1941
 
Trustee
 
Since May 2009
 
President of Economics Studies, Inc. (private economic consulting firm) since 1987; Chair, Board of Trustees, McLean Hospital from 2000 to 2008; Member of the Board of Partners Community Healthcare, Inc. since 2005; Member of the Corporation of Partners HealthCare since 1995; Trustee, Museum of Fine Arts, Boston since 1992; Member of the Visiting Committee to the Harvard University Art Museum since 2003.
 
 
106 Funds
103 Portfolios
 
The McClatchy Company (publishing)
James T. Flynn
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
 
1939
 
 
Trustee and Member of the Audit Committee
 
Since May 2009
 
Chief Financial Officer of JP Morgan & Co., Inc. from 1990 to 1995.
 
106 Funds
103 Portfolios
 
None
Jerrold B. Harris
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
 
1942
 
 
Trustee   
 
Since May 2009
 
Trustee, Ursinus College since 2000; Director, Troemner LLC (scientific equipment) since 2000. 
 
106 Funds
103 Portfolios
 
BlackRock - Kelso Capital Corp.
R. Glenn Hubbard
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
 
1958
 
Trustee  
 
Since May 2009
 
Dean, Columbia Business School since 2004; Columbia faculty member since 1988; Co- Director, Columbia Business School’s Entrepreneurship Program from 1997 to 2004; Visiting Professor, John F. Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University and the Harvard Business School since 1985 and at the University of Chicago since 1994; Chairman, U.S. Council of Economic Advisers under the President of the United States from 2001 to 2003.
 
 
106 Funds
103 Portfolios
 
ADP (data and information services), KKR Financial Corporation (finance), Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (insurance)
W. Carl Kester
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
 
1951
 
Trustee and Member of the Audit Committee
 
Since May 2009
 
George Fisher Baker Jr. Professor of Business Administration, Harvard Business School; Deputy Dean for Academic Affairs since 2006; Unit Head, Finance, Harvard Business School from 2005 to 2006; Senior Associate Dean and Chairman of the MBA Program of Harvard Business School from 1999 to 2005; Member of the faculty of Harvard Business School since 1981; Independent Consultant since 1978.
 
 
106 Funds
103 Portfolios
 
None
Interested Trustees +
               
Richard S. Davis
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
1945
 
Trustee
 
Since May 2009
 
Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. since 2005; Chief Executive Officer, State Street Research & Management Company from 2000 to 2005; Chairman of the Board of Trustees, State Street Research Mutual Funds from 2000 to 2005; Formerly Chairman, SSR Realty from 2000 to 2004.
 
175 Funds
285 Portfolios
 
None
Henry Gabbay
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
 
1947
 
Trustee
 
Since May 2009
 
Consultant, BlackRock, Inc. from 2007 to 2009; Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. from 1989 to 2007; Chief Administrative Officer, BlackRock Advisors, LLC from 1998 to 2007; President of BlackRock Funds and BlackRock Bond Allocation Target Shares from 2005 to 2007; Treasurer of certain Closed-End Funds in the BlackRock fund complex from 1989 to 2006.
 
 
175 Funds
285 Portfolios
 
None
 
 
 
B-11

 
 
 
 
Name, Address
and Year of Birth
   
Position(s) Held with Funds
   
Length of Time Served
   
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
   
Number of BlackRock-Advised Funds and Portfolios Overseen*
 
Public Directorships
                     
            Target Shares from 2005 to 2007; Treasurer of certain Closed-End Funds in the BlackRock fund complex from 1989 to 2006.        
 

*
For purposes of this chart, “Funds” refers to the legal investment companies into which investors invest and “Portfolios” refers to the investment programs of the Funds.  The BlackRock fund complex is comprised of 106 Funds.  Some of the Funds have the same investment program because they invest through a master-feeder or parent-subsidiary structure, which results in the smaller number of Portfolios than Funds.
 
+
Mr. Davis is an "interested person," as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, of the Fund based on his position with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.  Mr. Gabbay is an "interested person" of the Fund based on his former positions with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates as well as his ownership of BlackRock, Inc. and PNC securities
 
OFFICERS
 
Name, Address and Year of Birth
 
Position(s) Held with Fund
 
Length of Time Served
 
Principal Occupations(s) During Past 5 Years
 
Number of BlackRock-Advised Closed-End Funds Overseen
                 
Donald C. Burke
 
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
 
1960
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Since May 2009
 
Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2006; Managing Director of Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P. ("MLIM") and Fund Asset Management, L.P. ("FAM") in 2006, First Vice President thereof from 1997 to 2005, Treasurer thereof from 1999 to 2006.
 
106 registered investment companies.
                 
Anne F. Ackerley
 
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
 
1962
 
 
Vice President
 
Since May 2009
 
Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2000; Chief Operating Officer of BlackRock's Account Management Group (AMG) since 2009; Chief Operating Officer of BlackRock’s U.S. Retail Group from 2006 to 2009; Head of BlackRock’s Mutual Fund Group from 2000 to 2006.
 
106 registered investment companies.
                 
Neal J. Andrews
 
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
 
1966
 
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
Since May 2009
 
Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2006; Senior Vice President and Line of Business Head of Fund Accounting and Administration at PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (formerly PFPC Inc.) from 1992 to 2006.
 
106 registered investment companies.
                 
Jay M. Fife
 
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
 
1970
 
Treasurer
 
Since May 2009
 
Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2007 and Director in 2006; Assistant Treasurer of MLIM/FAM-advised Funds from 2005 to 2006; Director of MLIM Fund Services Group from 2001 to 2006.
 
106 registered investment companies.
                 
Brian P. Kindelan
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
1959
 
Chief Compliance Officer
 
Since May 2009
 
Chief Compliance Officer of the BlackRock-advised Funds since 2007; Managing Director and Senior Counsel of BlackRock, Inc. since 2005; Director and Senior Counsel of BlackRock Advisors, Inc. from 2001 to 2004.
 
106 registered investment companies.
                 
Howard B. Surloff
 
 
 
Secretary
 
Since May 2009
 
Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc.
 
106 registered investment companies.
 
 
 
B-12

 
 
 
Name, Address and Year of Birth
 
Position(s) Held with Fund
 
Length of Time Served
 
Principal Occupations(s) During Past 5 Years
 
Number of BlackRock-Advised Closed-End Funds Overseen
                 
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10022-5911
 
1965
          and General Counsel of U.S. Funds at BlackRock, Inc. since 2006; General Counsel (U.S.) of Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. from 1993 to 2006.    
 
Share Ownership
 
Name of Trustee
 
Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Trust(*)
 
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities Overseen by Trustees in the Family of Registered Investment Companies(*)
G. Nicholas Beckwith III
 
$0
   
Richard E. Cavanagh                                       
 
$0
   
Richard Davis                                       
 
$0
   
Kent Dixon                                       
 
$0
   
Frank J. Fabozzi                                       
 
$0
   
Kathleen F. Feldstein                                       
 
$0
   
James T. Flynn                                       
 
$0
   
Jerrold B. Harris                                       
 
$0
   
Henry Gabbay                                       
 
$0
   
R. Glenn Hubbard                                       
 
$0
   
W. Carl Kester                                       
 
$0
   
Karen P. Robards                                       
 
$0
   
 

*
As of June 30, 2009. The trustee could not own shares in the Trust as of this date because the Trust had not yet begun investment operations. The term "Family of Registered Investment Companies" refers to all registered investment companies advised by BAL or an affiliate thereof.
 
Independent Trustee Ownership of Securities
 
As of               , 2009, the independent trustees (and their respective immediate family members) did not beneficially own securities of BAL, or an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with BAL (not including registered investment companies).
 
As of the date of this prospectus, as a group, trustees and officers owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust.
 
Compensation of Trustees
 
The fees and expenses of the independent trustees of the Trust are paid by the Trust. The trustees who are members of the BlackRock organization receive no compensation from the Trust. It is estimated that the trustees named below will receive from the Trust the amounts set forth before the Trust's calendar year ending December 31, 2009, assuming the Trust will have been in existence for the full calendar year.
 
Name of Trustee
 
Estimated Compensation from the Trust
 
Total Compensation from the Trust and Fund Complex Paid to Board Members (1)
Independent Trustees:
       
G. Nicholas Beckwith III                                                  
       
Richard E. Cavanagh                                                  
       
Kent Dixon                                                  
       
Frank J. Fabozzi                                                  
       
Kathleen F. Feldstein                                                  
       
James T. Flynn                                                  
       
Jerrold B. Harris                                                  
       
R. Glenn Hubbard                                                  
       
 
 
 
B-13

 
 
 
W. Carl Kester                                                  
       
Karen P. Robards                                                  
       
Interested Trustees:
       
Henry Gabbay                                                  
       

(1)
Estimates the total compensation to be earned by that person during the calendar year ending December 31, 2009 from the Fund Complex. The funds shall pay a pro rata portion quarterly (based on the relative net assets) of the above director/trustee fees paid by all of the funds in the Fund Complex for which they serve.
 
The Trust shall pay a pro rata portion quarterly (based on the relative net assets) of the following trustee fees paid by the Fund Complex: (i) $250,000 per annum for each independent trustee as a retainer and (ii) $10,000 per day for each independent trustee for each special meeting of each board in the Fund Complex (i.e., any meeting, whether telephonic or in person, other than one of the six regularly scheduled meetings of each board per year) attended. Each independent trustee shall also be entitled to reimbursement for all of his or her out-of-pocket expenses in attending each meeting of each board and any committee thereof. Mr. Cavanagh will receive an additional $120,000 per annum from the Fund Complex for acting as Chairman for each board of trustees/directors in the Fund Complex. Ms. Robards will receive an additional $40,000 per annum from the Fund Complex for acting as the Vice Chair for each board of trustees/directors in the Fund Complex. Mr. Fabozzi will receive an additional $20,000 per annum from the Fund Complex for acting as Chair of each Performance Oversight Committee. Ms. Feldstein will receive an additional $20,000 per annum from the Fund Complex for acting as Chair of each Compliance Committee. Mr. Hubbard will receive an additional $10,000 per annum from the Fund Complex for acting as Chair of each Governance and Nominating Committee. Mr. Dixon, Mr. Fabozzi, Mr. Flynn, Mr. Kester and Ms. Robards will each receive an additional $25,000 per annum from the Fund Complex for their service on each Audit Committee. Ms. Robards will receive an additional $35,000 per annum from the Fund Complex for acting as the Chair of each Audit Committee. The additional compensation payable to Mr. Cavanagh, Mr. Dixon, Mr. Fabozzi, Ms. Feldstein, Mr. Flynn, Mr. Hubbard, Mr. Kester and Ms. Robards will be allocated among the funds in the Fund Complex for which they serve based on their relative net assets.  The term "Fund Complex" refers to the registered closed-end investment companies advised by BAL.
 
The independent trustees have agreed that a maximum of 50% of each independent trustee's total compensation paid by the Fund Complex may be deferred pursuant to the Fund Complex's deferred compensation plan. Under the deferred compensation plan, deferred amounts earn a return for the independent trustees as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in common shares of certain funds in the Fund Complex selected by the independent trustees. This has approximately the same economic effect for the independent trustees as if they had invested the deferred amounts in such other funds in the Fund Complex for which they serve. The deferred compensation plan is not funded and obligations thereunder represent general unsecured claims against the general assets of a fund. A fund may, however, elect to invest in common shares of those funds in the Fund Complex selected by the independent trustees in order to match its deferred compensation obligation.
 
The board of trustees currently has five standing committees: an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Governance and Nominating Committee, a Compliance Committee and a Performance Oversight Committee.
 
The Audit Committee is comprised of Karen P. Robards, Kent Dixon, Frank J. Fabozzi, James T. Flynn and W. Carl Kester, each of whom is an independent trustee. The primary purposes of the Audit Committee is to assist the board of trustees in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the Trust, the qualifications and independence of the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm, and the Trust's compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The Audit Committee reviews the scope of the Trust's audit, accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and internal controls. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the independent trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the Trust's independent registered public accounting firms. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the Trust's independent registered public accounting firms to its manager or advisor and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the Trust's operations and financial reporting of the Trust.
 
 
B-14

 
 
The board of trustees has a standing Governance and Nominating Committee. The Governance and Nominating Committee is comprised of R. Glenn Hubbard, G. Nicholas Beckwith, III, Richard E. Cavanagh, Jerrold B. Harris and Kathleen F. Feldstein, each of whom is an independent trustee.
 
The Governance and Nominating Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the board of trustees, scheduling and organization of meetings of the board of trustees, evaluating the structure and composition of the board of trustees and determining compensation of the Trust's independent trustees. The Governance and Nominating Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. A shareholder who wishes to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust's Secretary and must include:
 
 
·
As to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a trustee: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (2) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (3) the class or series and number of shares of the Trust which are owned beneficially or of record by the person, if any, and (4) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act; and
 
 
·
As to the shareholder giving the notice: (1) the name and record address of the shareholder, (2) the class or series and number of shares of the Trust which are owned beneficially or of record by the shareholder, (3) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with which the nomination(s) are made by the shareholder, (4) a representation that the shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (5) any other information relating to the shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
Such recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed candidate to being named as a nominee and to serve as a trustee if elected. The shareholder recommendation and information described above must be sent to the Trust's Secretary, c/o BlackRock, P.O. Box 4546, New York, New York 10163.
 
The Trust has a Compliance Committee composed of Kathleen F. Feldstein, G. Nicholas Beckwith, III, Richard E. Cavanagh, Jerrold B. Harris and R. Glenn Hubbard, each of whom is an independent trustee. The Compliance Committee performs those functions enumerated in the Compliance Committee charter, including, but not limited to, supporting the trustees in acting independently of BAL in pursuing the best interests of the Trust and its shareholders, receiving information on and, where appropriate, recommending policies concerning the Trust's compliance with applicable law, and receiving reports from and making certain recommendations in respect of the Trust's Chief Compliance Officer.
 
The Trust has a Performance Oversight Committee composed of all of the independent trustees. The Performance Oversight Committee acts in accordance with the Performance Oversight Committee charter. The Performance Oversight Committee performs those functions enumerated in the Performance Oversight Committee charter, including, but not limited to, supporting the independent trustees in acting independently of BAL in pursuing the best interests of the Trust and its shareholders, developing an understanding of and reviewing the investment objectives, policies and practices of the Trust, and reviewing with respect to the Trust: (a) whether the Trust has complied with their investment policies and restrictions as reflected in the prospectus, (b) appropriate benchmarks and competitive universes, (c) investment performance, (d) unusual or exceptional investment matters, and (e) other matters bearing on the Trust's investment results.
 
The Trust has an Executive Committee composed of Messrs. Cavanagh, Davis and Ms. Robards, which acts on behalf of the full board of trustees on certain matters in the interval between meetings of the board of trustees.
 
As the Trust is a closed-end investment company with no prior investment operations, no meetings of the above committees have been held in the fiscal year, except that the Audit Committee met in connection with the organization of the Trust to select the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm.
 
 
B-15

 
 
Prior to this offering, all of the outstanding shares of the Trust were owned by an affiliate of BAL.
 
Proxy Voting Policies
 
The board of trustees of the Trust has delegated the voting of proxies for Trust securities to BlackRock Advisors pursuant to its proxy voting guidelines. Under these guidelines, BlackRock Advisors will vote proxies related to Trust securities in the best interests of the Trust and its shareholders. A copy of BlackRock Advisors' proxy voting policy is attached as Appendix C to this Statement of Additional Information. Information regarding how the Trust voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 441-7762; and (ii) on the Securities and Exchange Commission's website at http://www.sec.gov.
 
Codes of Ethics
 
The Trust and BlackRock Advisors have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act. These codes permit personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Trust. These codes can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at (202) 551-8090. These codes of ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the Securities and Exchange Commission's website (http://www.sec.gov), and copies of these codes may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Securities and Exchange Commission's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
 
In addition, as a result of its participation in the PPIP, the General Partner will be required to adopt a conflict of interest mitigation plan and a code of ethics reasonably satisfactory to the Treasury.  This policy is described in the prospectus under the heading "Management of the Trust and the PPIF—Potential Conflicts of Interest—PPIF Conflict of Interest Mitigation Plan and Code of Ethics."
 
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisors
 
BAL acts as the Trust's investment advisor, while BFM and                act as the Trust's sub-advisors.  BAL, located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, is a wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock. BlackRock is one of the world's largest publicly traded investment management firms. As of June 30, 2009, BlackRock's assets under management were approximately $ trillion. BlackRock manages assets on behalf of institutions and individuals worldwide through a variety of equity, fixed income, cash management and alternative investment products. In addition, a growing number of institutional investors use BlackRock Solutions® investment system, risk management and financial advisory services.
 
BlackRock has over 20 years of experience managing closed-end products and, as of June 30, 2009, advised a closed-end family of active exchange-listed funds with approximately $ billion in assets. BlackRock and its affiliated entities had $  billion in fixed income assets under management as of June 30, 2009, including $ billion of assets across  taxable fixed income exchange-listed closed-end funds. The firm is headquartered in New York City and has employees in 21 countries throughout the U.S., Europe and Asia Pacific.
 
BFM acts as the PPIF's investment advisor.  The PPIF will engage                to sub-advise 5% of the portfolio of the PPIF (measured based on aggregate capital commitments of the PPIF).
 
 
 
B-16

 
 
Other Information
 
BlackRock is the ultimate parent company of BAL and BFM.  BlackRock is independent in ownership and governance, with no single majority stockholder and a majority of independent directors. Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bank of America Corporation, and The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. own approximately 4.9% and 46.5% of BlackRock's voting common stock, respectively, and approximately 47.4% and 31.5% of BlackRock's capital stock on a fully diluted basis, respectively.  The remaining approximately 21.1% is held by employees and the public.
 
Portfolio Managers
 
To be filed by amendment. 
 
BlackRock Compliance
 
BlackRock has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, BlackRock furnishes investment management and advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Trust, and BlackRock may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees paid to BlackRock, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different from those made to the Trust. In addition, BlackRock, its affiliates and significant shareholders and any officer, director, stockholder or employee may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale BlackRock recommends to the Trust. BlackRock, or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders, or any officer, director, stockholder, employee or any member of their families may take different actions than those recommended to the Trust by BlackRock with respect to the same securities. Moreover, BlackRock may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of BlackRock's (or its affiliates' or significant shareholders') officers, directors and employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which BlackRock or any of its affiliates or the officers, directors or employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information. Each portfolio manager also may manage accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the strategy utilized for a fund. In this connection, it should be noted that            and                currently manage certain accounts that are subject to performance fees. In addition                                and                       may also assist in managing certain hedge funds and may be entitled to receive a portion of any incentive fees earned on such funds and a portion of such incentive fees may be voluntarily or involuntarily deferred. Additional portfolio managers may in the future manage other such accounts or funds and may be entitled to receive incentive fees.
 
As a fiduciary, BlackRock owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must treat each client fairly. When BlackRock purchases or sells securities for more than one account the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties. BlackRock attempts to allocate investments in a fair and equitable manner among client accounts, with no account receiving preferential treatment. To this end, BlackRock has adopted a policy that is intended to ensure that investment opportunities are allocated fairly and equitably among client accounts over time. This policy also seeks to achieve reasonable efficiency in client transactions and provide
 
 
B-17

 
 
BlackRock with sufficient flexibility to allocate investments in a manner that is consistent with the particular investment discipline and client base.
 
BlackRock Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview
 
BlackRock's financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock, such as its Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan and Restricted Stock Program.
 
Base Compensation
 
Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their seniority and/or their position with the firm. Senior portfolio managers who perform additional management functions within the portfolio management group or within BlackRock may receive additional compensation for serving in these other capacities.
 
Discretionary Incentive Compensation
 
Discretionary incentive compensation is a function of several components: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the portfolio manager's group within BlackRock, the investment performance, including risk-adjusted returns, of the firm's assets under management or supervision by that portfolio manager relative to predetermined benchmarks, and the individual's seniority, role within the portfolio management team, teamwork and contribution to the overall performance of these portfolios and BlackRock. In most cases, including for the portfolio managers of the Trust, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the Trust or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are measured. BlackRock's Chief Investment Officers determine the benchmarks against which the performance of funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager is compared and the period of time over which performance is evaluated. With respect to the Trust's portfolio managers, such benchmarks include the following:
 
Portfolio Manager
Benchmarks Applicable to Each Manager
   
 
BlackRock's Chief Investment Officers make a subjective determination with respect to the portfolio managers' compensation based on the performance of the funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager relative to the various benchmarks noted above. Performance is measured on both a pre-tax and after-tax basis over various time periods including 1, 3, 5 and 10-year periods, as applicable.
 
Distribution of Discretionary Incentive Compensation
 
Discretionary incentive compensation is distributed to portfolio managers in a combination of cash and BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units which vest ratably over a number of years. The BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units, if properly vested, will be settled in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. Typically, the cash bonus, when combined with base salary, represents more than 60% of total compensation for the portfolio managers. Paying a portion of annual bonuses in stock puts compensation earned by a portfolio manager for a given year "at risk" based on BlackRock's ability to sustain and improve its performance over future periods.
 
Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan ("LTIP")—The LTIP is a long-term incentive plan that seeks to reward certain key employees. Prior to 2006, the plan provided for the grant of awards that were expressed as an amount of cash that, if properly vested and subject to the attainment of certain performance goals, will be settled in cash and/or in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. Beginning in 2006, awards are granted under the LTIP in the form of BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that, if properly vested and subject to the attainment of certain performance goals, will be settled in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. Each of                 and                    has received awards under the LTIP.
 
 
B-18

 
 
Deferred Compensation Program—A portion of the compensation paid to eligible BlackRock employees may be voluntarily deferred into an account that tracks the performance of certain of the firm's investment products. Each participant in the deferred compensation program is permitted to allocate his or her deferred amounts among the various investment options. Each of                  and               has participated in the deferred compensation program.
 
Options and Restricted Stock Awards—A portion of the annual compensation of certain employees is mandatorily deferred into BlackRock restricted stock units. Prior to the mandatory deferral into restricted stock units, BlackRock granted stock options to key employees, including certain portfolio managers who may still hold unexercised or unvested options. BlackRock, Inc. also granted restricted stock awards designed to reward certain key employees as an incentive to contribute to the long-term success of BlackRock. These awards vest over a period of years. Each of                 and                has been granted stock options and/or restricted stock in prior years.
 
Other compensation benefits.  In addition to base compensation and discretionary incentive compensation, portfolio managers may be eligible to receive or participate in one or more of the following:
 
Incentive Savings Plans.  BlackRock has created a variety of incentive savings plans in which BlackRock employees are eligible to participate, including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan ("RSP"), and the BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"). The employer contribution components of the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 6% of eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $4,000 per year, and a company retirement contribution equal to 3% of eligible compensation, plus an additional contribution of 2% for any year in which BlackRock has positive net operating income. The RSP offers a range of investment options, including registered investment companies managed by the firm. BlackRock contributions follow the investment direction set by participants for their own contributions or, absent employee investment direction, are invested into a balanced portfolio. The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date. Annual participation in the ESPP is limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares or a dollar value of $25,000. Each portfolio manager is eligible to participate in these plans.
 
Securities Ownership of Portfolio Managers
 
The Trust is a newly-organized investment company. Accordingly, as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, none of the portfolio managers beneficially owned any securities issued by the Trust.
 
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
 
BlackRock Advisors is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Trust, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of prices and any brokerage commissions.
 
The Trust may purchase certain money market instruments directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid, may purchase securities in the over-the-counter market from an underwriter or dealer serving as market maker for the securities, in which case the price includes a fixed amount of compensation to the underwriter or dealer, and may purchase and sell listed securities on an exchange, which are effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services.
 
Payments of commissions to brokers who are affiliated persons of the Trust (or affiliated persons of such persons) will be made in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the Investment Company Act.  Commissions paid on such transactions would be commensurate with the rate of commissions paid on similar transactions to brokers that are not so affiliated.
 
BlackRock Advisors is responsible for placing portfolio transactions and it do so in a manner deemed fair and reasonable to the Trust and not according to any formula. The primary consideration in all portfolio transactions is prompt execution of orders in an effective manner at the most favorable price. In selecting broker-dealers and in negotiating prices and any brokerage commissions on such transactions, BlackRock Advisors consider the firm's reliability, integrity and financial condition and the firm's execution capability, the size and breadth of the market for the security, the size of and difficulty in executing the order, and the best net price. There may be instances when, in the judgment of BlackRock Advisors, more than one firm can offer comparable execution services. In selecting
 
 
B-19

 
 
among such firms, consideration may be given to those firms which supply research and other services in addition to execution services.
 
BlackRock Advisors may, consistent with the interests of the Trust, select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and their other clients. Such research, statistical and/or pricing services must provide lawful and appropriate assistance to BlackRock Advisors' investment decision making process in order for such research, statistical and/or pricing services to be considered by BlackRock Advisors in selecting a broker. These research services may include information on securities markets, the economy, individual companies, pricing information, research products and services and such other services as may be permitted from time to time by Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by BlackRock Advisors under their respective contracts. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that BlackRock Advisors determine in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of BlackRock Advisors to the Trust and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term. The advisory fees that the Trust pays to BlackRock Advisors will not be reduced as a consequence of BlackRock Advisors' receipt of brokerage and research services. To the extent that portfolio transactions are used to obtain such services, the brokerage commissions paid by the Trust will exceed those that might otherwise be paid by an amount that cannot be presently determined. Such services generally would be useful and of value to the Advisor or Sub-Advisors in serving one or more of their other clients and, conversely, such services obtained by the placement of brokerage business of other clients generally would be useful to BlackRock Advisors in carrying out their obligations to the Trust. While such services are not expected to reduce the expenses of BlackRock Advisors, BlackRock Advisors would, through use of the services, avoid the additional expenses that would be incurred if they should attempt to develop comparable information through their own staffs. Commission rates for brokerage transactions on foreign stock exchanges are generally fixed.
 
One or more of the other investment companies or accounts that BlackRock Advisors manage may own from time to time some of the same investments as the Trust. Investment decisions for the Trust are made independently from those of such other investment companies or accounts; however, from time to time, the same investment decision may be made for more than one company or account. When two or more companies or accounts seek to purchase or sell the same securities, the securities actually purchased or sold will be allocated among the companies and accounts on a good faith equitable basis, usually on a pro rata basis, by BlackRock Advisors in their discretion in accordance with the accounts' various investment objectives. Such allocations are based upon the written procedures of BlackRock Advisors, which have been reviewed and approved by the board of trustees. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the price or size of the position obtainable for the Trust. In other cases, however, the ability of the Trust to participate in volume transactions may produce better execution for the Trust. It is the opinion of the Trust's board of trustees that this advantage, when combined with the other benefits available due to BlackRock Advisors' or the organization, outweighs any disadvantages that may be said to exist from exposure to simultaneous transactions.
 
BlackRock Advisors and their affiliates manage investments for clients from offices located around the world. As a result, purchases and sales of securities may be executed through different trading desks or on different exchanges or markets through out the day, resulting in transactions in the same security being effected at different prices over a 24-hour period.
 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
 
Common Shares
 
The Trust intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the common shares are listed on a national securities exchange and such meetings are required as a condition to such listing. All common shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Trust will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all holders of its shares. The prospectus contains a detailed discussion of the common shares.
 
 
B-20

 
 
Preferred Shares
 
The Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides that the Trust's board of trustees may authorize and issue preferred shares with rights as determined by the board of trustees, by action of the board of trustees without the approval of the holders of the common shares. Holders of common shares have no preemptive right to purchase any preferred shares that might be issued. Whenever preferred shares are outstanding, the holders of common shares will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Trust unless all accrued dividends on preferred shares have been paid, unless asset coverage (as defined in the Investment Company Act) with respect to preferred shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions and unless certain other requirements that may be imposed by any rating agencies rating the preferred shares have been met.  The Trust has no intention of issuing preferred shares.
 
Other Shares
 
The board of trustees (subject to applicable law and the terms of the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust) may authorize an offering, without the approval of the holders of either common shares or preferred shares, of other classes of shares, or other classes or series of shares, as they determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, having such terms, rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions as the board of trustees see fit. The Trust currently does not expect to issue any other classes of shares, or series of shares, except for the common shares and the possible issuance of preferred shares.
 
TAX MATTERS
 
The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to a shareholder who purchases common shares of the Trust.  The discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code" ), Treasury Regulations, judicial authorities, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or change (possibly with retroactive effect).  The discussion does not address all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular shareholder or to shareholders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws.  This discussion is limited to shareholders who hold their common shares as capital assets.  No private letter ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS regarding any matter discussed herein.  Counsel to the Trust has not rendered and will not render any legal opinion regarding any tax consequences relating to the Trust or an investment in the Trust.  No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax aspects set forth below.  Prospective investors must consult their own tax advisors as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of purchasing common shares of the Trust as part of this offering, as well as the effects of state, local and non-U.S. tax laws.
 
Taxation of the Trust
 
The Trust intends to elect and to qualify for special tax treatment afforded to a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. As long as it so qualifies, in any taxable year in which it meets the distribution requirements described below, the Trust (but not its shareholders) will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent that it distributes its investment company taxable income and net capital gains.
 
The Trust will invest approximately      % of the net proceeds from this offering in the PPIF, which is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Consequently, with respect to its investment in the PPIF, the Trust's income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses will depend upon the corresponding items recognized by the PPIF.  For purposes of satisfying the income tests applicable to a regulated investment company under the Code, the Trust will look through to the assets of the PPIF.  Similarly, for purposes of satisfying the asset diversification tests applicable to a regulated investment company under the Code, the Trust intends to look through to the assets of the PPIF.  Any references to, and description of the U.S. federal income tax aspects of, the Trust's investment practices and activities, in effect, take into account the investment practices and activities of the PPIF.
 
In order to qualify to be taxed as a regulated investment company, the Trust must, among other things: (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities, or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward
 
 
B-21

 
 
contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and (b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each a "Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership"); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the value of the Trust's total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Trust's total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Trust's total assets is invested in the securities of (I) any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other regulated investment companies), (II) any two or more issuers that the Trust controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.
 
As a regulated investment company, the Trust generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that it distributes each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that in such taxable year it distributes at least 90% of the sum of (i) its investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss and other taxable income, other than net capital gain (as defined herein), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) its net tax-exempt interest income (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest income over certain disallowed deductions). The Trust intends to distribute annually all or substantially all of such income.
 
The Trust may retain for investment its net capital gain (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). However, if the Trust retains any net capital gain or any investment company taxable income, it will be subject to a tax of 35% of such amount. If the Trust retains any net capital gain, it expects to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its share of such undistributed long-term capital gain, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Trust against their U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its tax basis in its shares for the Trust by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gain included in such shareholder's gross income.
 
Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax at the Trust level. To avoid the excise tax, the Trust must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (ii) 98% of the amount by which its capital gains exceed its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year, and (iii) certain undistributed amounts from previous years on which the Trust paid no U.S. federal income tax. While the Trust intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% federal excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Trust's taxable income and capital gains will be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the tax. In that event, the Trust will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
 
Dividends and distributions will be treated as paid during the calendar year if they are paid during the calendar year or declared by the Trust in October, November or December of the year, payable to shareholders of record on a date during such a month and paid by the Trust during January of the following year. Any such dividend or distribution paid during January of the following year will be deemed to be received by the Trust's shareholders on December 31 of the year the dividend or distribution was declared, rather than when the dividend or distribution is actually received.
 
If the Trust were unable to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement or otherwise were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to the Trust's shareholders would not be deductible by the Trust in computing its taxable income. In such case, distributions generally would be eligible (i) for treatment as qualified dividend income in the case of individual shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Trust would be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced
 
 
B-22

 
 
by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Trust as an additional tax. In addition, if the Trust failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, then the Trust would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Trust had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.
 
Due to the nature of the assets in which the Funds invest, the Trust may be required to recognize taxable income for U.S. federal income tax purposes from those assets in advance of the Trust's receipt of cash flow on or proceeds from disposition of such assets, and may be required to recognize taxable income for U.S. federal income tax purposes in early periods that exceeds the economic income ultimately realized on such assets.
 
The Funds expect that they may acquire debt instruments (including mortgage-backed securities) in the secondary market for less than their stated redemption price at maturity.  The discount at which such debt instruments are acquired may reflect doubts about their ultimate collectibility rather than current market interest rates.  The amount of such discount will nevertheless generally be treated as "market discount" for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Market discount on a debt instrument accrues on the basis of the constant yield to maturity of the debt instrument.  Absent an election to accrue currently, accrued market discount is reported as income when, and to the extent that, any payment of principal of the debt instrument is made.  The Trust does not intend to make an election to accrue the market discount on market discount bonds that it purchases.  Payments on residential mortgage loans are ordinarily made monthly, and consequently accrued market discount may have to be included in income each month as if the debt instrument were assured of ultimately being collected in full.  If that turned out not to be the case, and the Funds eventually collected less on the debt instrument than the amount they paid for it plus the market discount the Trust had previously reported as income, there would potentially be an ordinary loss (rather than capital loss) but this is not free from doubt, and may depend on the characteristics of the underlying obligation, and the amount of cash the Funds collect on maturity, etc.  In addition, the Trust's ability to benefit from that ordinary loss (or capital loss) would depend on the Trust's having ordinary income (or capital gain) in that later taxable year.  The Trust may not carry back net operating losses, so this possible "income early, losses later" phenomenon could adversely affect the Trust and its shareholders if it were persistent and in significant amounts.
 
Some of the debt instruments (including mortgage backed securities) that the Trust acquires may have been issued with original issue discount.  In general, the Trust will be required to accrue original issue discount based on the constant yield to maturity of the debt instruments, and to treat it as taxable income in accordance with applicable U.S. federal income tax rules even though smaller or no cash payments are received on such debt instruments.  As in the case of the market discount discussed in the preceding paragraph, the constant yield in question will be determined and the Trust will be taxed based on the assumption that all future payments due on mortgage-backed securities in question will be made, with consequences similar to those described in the previous paragraph if all payments on the debt instruments are not made.
 
In addition, the Funds may acquire distressed debt instruments that are subsequently modified by agreement with the borrower.  If the amendments to the outstanding debt are "significant modifications" under the applicable Treasury regulations, the modified debt may be considered to have been reissued to the Funds in a debt-for-debt exchange with the borrower.  In that event, the Trust may be required to recognize income to the extent the principal amount of the modified debt exceeds the Trust’s adjusted tax basis in the unmodified debt, and would hold the modified loan with a cost basis equal to its principal amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
In addition, in the event that any debt instruments (including mortgage-backed securities) acquired by the Funds are delinquent as to mandatory principal and interest payments, or in the event payments with respect to a particular debt instrument are not made when due, the Trust may nonetheless be required to continue to recognize the unpaid interest as taxable income.  Similarly, the Trust may be required to accrue interest income with respect to subordinate mortgage-backed securities at the stated rate regardless of whether corresponding cash payments are received.
 
Finally, the PPIF may be required under the terms of any U.S. Department of the Treasury loan to which it is a party to use cash received from interest payments to make principal payments on that indebtedness, with the effect of recognizing income but not having a corresponding amount of cash available for distribution to the Trust's shareholders.
 
 
B-23

 
Due to each of these potential timing differences between income recognition or expense deduction and cash receipts or disbursements, there is a significant risk that the Trust may have substantial taxable income in excess of cash available for distribution.  The Trust intends to hold Temporary Investments directly and not through the PPIP to satisfy the distribution requirements necessary to maintain the Trust's status as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes but no assurances can be given in this regard.  Further, to satisfy its distribution requirements, the Trust may borrow on unfavorable terms or distribute amounts that would otherwise be invested in future acquisitions, capital expenditures or repayment of debt.  In addition, the Trust may make distribution in its common shares to satisfy the distribution requirements necessary to maintain the Trust's status as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes but no assurances can be given in this regard.
 
Gain or loss on the sales of securities by the Trust will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held by the Trust for more than one year.  Gain or loss on the sale of securities held for one year or less will be short-term capital gain or loss.
 
Certain of the Trust's investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, including the dividends received deduction, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. The Trust will monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to borrow money or dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Trust as a regulated investment company.
 
Taxation of Shareholders
 
Distributions paid by the Trust from its investment company taxable income, which includes the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses (together referred to hereinafter as "ordinary income dividends"), are generally taxable to you as ordinary income to the extent of the Trust's earnings and profits. Such distributions (if designated by the Trust) may, however, qualify (provided holding periods and other requirements are met) (i) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders to the extent that the Trust's income consists of dividend income from United States corporations, and (ii) for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, as "qualified dividend income" eligible for the reduced maximum U.S. federal tax rate to individuals of generally 15% (5% for individuals in lower tax brackets) to the extent that the Trust receives qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations (e.g., generally, foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a qualified comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or whose stock with respect to which such dividend is paid is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States). Because the Trust intends to invest primarily in fixed income securities, ordinary income dividends paid by the Trust generally will not be eligible for the reduced rates applicable to "qualified dividend income" and will not be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Trust's distributions will qualify for the dividends received deduction or constitute qualified dividend income.
 
A dividend (whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional Trust shares) will not be treated as qualified dividend income (whether received by the Trust or paid by the Trust to a shareholder) if (1) the dividend is received with respect to any share held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend (91 days during the associated 181-day period for certain preferred shares) with respect to such dividend, (2) to the extent that the Trust or shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, or (3) if the shareholder elects to have the dividend treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest.
 
Distributions made from net capital gain, which is the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses ("capital gain dividends"), including capital gain dividends credited to a shareholder but retained
 
 
B-24

 
 
by the Trust, are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains if they have been properly designated by the Trust, regardless of the length of time the shareholder has owned common shares of the Trust. The maximum U.S. federal income tax rate on net long-term capital gain of individuals is generally 15% (5% for individuals in lower brackets) for such gain realized in taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010. For non-corporate taxpayers, investment company taxable income (other than qualified dividend income) will currently be taxed at a maximum rate of 35%, while net capital gain generally will be taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15%. For corporate taxpayers, both investment company taxable income and net capital gain are taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 35%.
 
If, for any calendar year, the Trust's total distributions exceed both current earnings and profits and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder's tax basis in the common shares. A "return of capital" means the Trust will make distributions to you in excess of your share of such earnings and profits. When you sell your shares in the Trust, the amount, if any, by which your sales price exceeds your basis in the Trust's common shares is gain subject to tax. Because a return of capital reduces your basis in the shares, it will increase the amount of your gain or decrease the amount of your loss when you sell the shares, all other things being equal.
 
Generally, not later than 60 days after the close of its taxable year, the Trust will provide its shareholders with a written notice designating the amount of any ordinary income dividends or capital gain dividends and other distributions.
 
The sale or other disposition of common shares of the Trust will generally result in capital gain or loss to shareholders. Generally, a shareholder's gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss, if the shares have been held for more than one year. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of Trust common shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain) by the shareholder. Any loss a shareholder realizes on a sale or exchange of common shares of the Trust will be disallowed if the shareholder acquires other common shares of the Trust (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shareholder's sale or exchange of the common shares. In such case, the basis of the common shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gains of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income.
 
Shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain distributions (but not distributions eligible for qualified dividend income treatment) with capital loss. There are a number of statutory provisions affecting when capital loss may be offset against capital gain, and limiting the use of loss from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, shareholders with capital loss are urged to consult their tax advisers.
 
An investor should be aware that if Trust common shares are purchased shortly before the record date for any taxable distribution (including a capital gain dividend), the purchase price likely will reflect the value of the distribution and the investor then would receive a taxable distribution likely to reduce the trading value of such Trust common shares, in effect resulting in a taxable return of some of the purchase price.
 
Certain types of income received by the Trust from real estate mortgage investment conduits ("REMICs"), taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Trust to designate some or all of its distributions as "excess inclusion income." To Trust shareholders, such excess inclusion income will (i) constitute "unrelated business taxable income" ("UBTI") for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt, such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities, (ii) not be offset against net operating losses for tax purposes, (iii) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries and (iv) cause the Trust to be subject to tax if certain "disqualified organizations," as defined by the Code (such as certain governments or governmental agencies and charitable remainder trusts), are Trust shareholders.
 
Dividends are taxable to shareholders even though they are reinvested in additional shares of the Trust. Ordinary income distributions and capital gain distributions also may be subject to state and local taxes. Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding specific questions about U.S. federal (including the application of the alternative minimum tax rules), state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.
 
 
B-25

 
A shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a "foreign investor") generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends (except as discussed below). Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Foreign investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of investing in the Trust's common shares.
 
In general, U.S. federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a foreign investor in respect of any distributions of net capital gain or upon the sale or other disposition of common shares of the Trust.
 
For taxable years of the Trust beginning before December 31, 2009, properly designated dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Trust's "qualified net interest income" (generally, the Trust's U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Trust is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Trust's "qualified short-term capital gains" (generally, the excess of the Trust's net short-term capital gain over the Trust's long-term capital loss for such taxable year). Depending on its circumstances, however, the Trust may designate all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a foreign investor will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form). In the case of common shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Trust designates the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Foreign investors should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Trust's distributions will qualify for favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gains.
 
Backup Withholding
 
The Trust is required in certain circumstances to withhold, for U.S. federal backup withholding purposes, on taxable dividends or distributions and certain other payments paid to non-corporate holders of the Trust's common shares who do not furnish the Trust with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, their social security number) and certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to a shareholder may be refunded or credited against such shareholder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
 
The foregoing is a general summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. Ordinary income and capital gain dividends may also be subject to state and local taxes. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income or other taxes.
 
EXPERTS
 
The Statement of Assets and Liabilities of the Trust as of                 , 2009 appearing in this Statement of Additional Information and related Statements of Operations and Changes in Net Assets for the period from                       , 2009 (date of inception) to                       , 2009 have been audited by                            an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and is included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                 , located at                                                                    , provides accounting and auditing services to the Trust.
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including amendments thereto, relating to the shares offered hereby, has been filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. The prospectus and
 
 
B-26

 
 
this Statement of Additional Information do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, such as the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Trust and the shares offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement. Statements contained in the prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the Securities and Exchange Commission's principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
 
B-27

 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To be filed by amendment.
 
 
 
F-1

 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE FUNDS
 
To be filed by amendment.
 
 
 
F-2

 
 
 
APPENDIX A
 
RATINGS OF INVESTMENTS
 
Standard & Poor's Corporation —A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:
 
ISSUE CREDIT RATING DEFINITIONS
 
A Standard & Poor's issue credit rating is a current opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The issue credit rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor.
 
Issue credit ratings are based on current information furnished by the obligors or obtained by Standard & Poor's from other sources it considers reliable. Standard & Poor's does not perform an audit in connection with any credit rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. Credit ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on other circumstances.
 
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
 
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
 
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:
 
 
·
Likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
 
 
·
Nature of and provisions of the obligation; and
 
 
·
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.
 
The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category definition.
 
"AAA"
An obligation rated "AAA" has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
"AA"
An obligation rated "AA" differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
 
 
 
Appendix A-1

 
 
"A"
An obligation rated "A" is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
"BBB"
An obligation rated "BBB" exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
"BB," "B," "CCC," "CC," and "C"
Obligations rated "BB," "B," "CCC," "CC," and "C" are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. "BB" indicates the least degree of speculation and "C" the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
"BB"
An obligation rated "BB" is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
"B"
An obligation rated "B" is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated "BB," but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
"CCC"
An obligation rated "CCC" is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
"CC"
An obligation rated "CC" is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
"C"
A subordinated debt or preferred stock obligation rated "C" is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The "C" rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. A "C" also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.
"D"
An obligation rated "D" is in payment default. The "D" rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The "D" rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
PLUS (+) OR MINUS (–)
(–) The ratings from "AA" to "CCC" may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
"N.R."
This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
 
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
 
"A-1"
A short-term obligation rated "A-1" is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
 
 
 
Appendix A-2

 
 
 
"A-2"
A short-term obligation rated "A-2" is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
"A-3"
A short-term obligation rated "A-3" exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
"B"
A short-term obligation rated "B" is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of "B-1," "B-2," and "B-3" may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the "B" category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
"B-1"
A short-term obligation rated "B-1" is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
"B-2"
A short-term obligation rated "B-2" is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
"B-3"
A short-term obligation rated "B-3" is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
"C"
A short-term obligation rated "C" is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
"D"
A short-term obligation rated "D" is in payment default. The "D" rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The "D" rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
 
Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)
 
"i"
This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The "i" subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The "i" subscript will always be used in conjunction with the "p" subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of "AAAp N.R.i" indicating that the principal portion is rated "AAA" and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.
"L"
Ratings qualified with "L" apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.
"P"
This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The "p" subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The "p" subscript will always be used in conjunction with the "i" subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of "AAAp N.R.i" indicating that the principal portion is rated "AAA" and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.
 
 
 
Appendix A-3

 
 
 
"pi"
Ratings with a "pi" subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer's published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer's management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a "pi" subscript. Ratings with a "pi" subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year's financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer's credit quality.
"pr"
The letters "pr" indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.
"preliminary"
Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances.
 
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor's of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor's could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor's reserves the right not to issue a final rating.
 
Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor's policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.
"t"
This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.
 
Inactive Qualifiers (No longer applied or outstanding)
 
"*"
This symbol indicated continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poor's receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.
"C"
This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer's bonds are deemed taxable. Discontinued use in January 2001.
"q"
A "q" subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information. Discontinued use in April 2001.
"r"
The "r" modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, that are not covered in the credit rating. The absence of an "r" modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will not exhibit extraordinary non-credit related risks. Standard & Poor's discontinued the use of the "r" modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.
 
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. — A brief description of the applicable Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody's) follows:
 
 
Appendix A-4

 
LONG TERM OBLIGATION RATINGS
 
Moody's long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of a fixed income obligation with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
 
Long-Term Rating Definitions:
 
"Aaa"
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.
"Aa"
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
"A"
Obligations rated A are considered upper medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
"Baa"
Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
"Ba"
Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
"B"
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
"Caa"
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
"Ca"
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
"C"
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
 
Note:  Moody's appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
 
MEDIUM TERM NOTE RATINGS
 
Moody's assigns long-term ratings to individual debt securities issued from medium term note (MTN) programs, in addition to indicating ratings to MTN programs themselves. Notes issued under MTN programs with such indicated ratings are rated at issuance at the rating applicable to all parí passu notes issued under the same program, at the program's relevant indicated rating, provided such notes do not exhibit any of the characteristics of listed below:
 
·
Notes containing features that link interest or principal to the credit performance of any third party or parties.
 
·
Notes allowing for negative coupons, or negative principal.
 
·
Notes containing any provision that could obligate the investor to make any additional payments.
 
·
Notes containing provisions that subordinate the claim.
 
For notes with any of these characteristics, the rating of the individual note may differ from the indicated rating of the program.
 
 
Appendix A-5

 
Market participants must determine whether any particular note is rated, and if so, at what rating level. Moody's encourages market participants to contact Moody's Ratings Desks or visit www.moodys.com directly if they have questions regarding ratings for specific notes issued under a medium term note program. Unrated notes issued under an MTN program may be assigned an NR symbol.
 
Short Term Rating Definitions:
 
Moody's short term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short term programs or to individual short term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.
 
Moody's employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
 
"P-1"
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime 1 have a superior ability to repay short term debt obligations.
"P-2"
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime 2 have a strong ability to repay short term debt obligations.
"P-3"
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime 3 have an acceptable ability to repay short term obligations.
"NP"
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
 
Note:  Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short term ratings enhanced by the senior most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support provider.
 
US MUNICIPAL AND TAX EXEMPT RATINGS
 
Municipal Ratings are opinions of the investment quality of issuers and issues in the US municipal and tax exempt markets. As such, these ratings incorporate Moody's assessment of the default probability and loss severity of these issuers and issues. The default and loss content for Moody's municipal long-term rating scale differs from Moody's general long-term rating scale. (Please refer to Corporate Equivalent Ratings under Policies and Procedures.)
 
Municipal Ratings are based upon the analysis of four primary factors relating to municipal finance: economy, debt, finances, and administration/management strategies. Each of the factors is evaluated individually and for its effect on the other factors in the context of the municipality's ability to repay its debt.
 
Municipal Long-Term Rating Definitions:
 
"Aaa"
Issuers or issues rated Aaa demonstrate the strongest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax exempt issuers or issues.
"Aa"
Issuers or issues rated Aa demonstrate very strong creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax exempt issuers or issues.
"A"
Issuers or issues rated A present above average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax exempt issuers or issues.
"Baa"
Issuers or issues rated Baa represent average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax exempt issuers or issues.
"Ba"
Issuers or issues rated Ba demonstrate below average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax exempt issuers or issues.
 
 
 
Appendix A-6

 
 
"B"
Issuers or issues rated B demonstrate weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax exempt issuers or issues.
"Caa"
Issuers or issues rated Caa demonstrate very weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax exempt issuers or issues.
"Ca"
Issuers or issues rated Ca demonstrate extremely weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax exempt issuers or issues.
"C"
Issuers or issues rated C demonstrate the weakest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax exempt issuers or issues.
 
Note:  Moody's appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating category from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the issuer or obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
 
Fitch IBCA, Inc. — A brief description of the applicable Fitch IBCA, Inc. ("Fitch") ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:
 
INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
 
International Long-Term Credit Ratings (LTCR) may also be referred to as Long-Term Ratings. When assigned to most issuers, it is used as a benchmark measure of probability of default and is formally described as an Issuer Default Rating (IDR). The major exception is within Public Finance, where IDRs will not be assigned as market convention has always focused on timeliness and does not draw analytical distinctions between issuers and their underlying obligations. When applied to issues or securities, the LTCR may be higher or lower than the issuer rating (IDR) to reflect relative differences in recovery expectations.
 
The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings:
 
Investment Grade
 
"AAA"
Highest credit quality. "AAA" ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
"AA"
Very high credit quality. "AA" ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
"A"
High credit quality. "A" ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
"BBB"
Good credit quality. "BBB" ratings indicate that there is currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment grade category.
 
 
 
Appendix A-7

 
 
Speculative Grade
 
"BB"
Speculative. "BB" ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.
"B"
Highly speculative. For issuers and performing obligations, "B" ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of "R1" (outstanding).
"CCC"
For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of "R2" (superior), or "R3" (good) or "R4" (average).
"CC"
For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with a Recovery Rating of "R4" (average) or "R5" (below average).
"C"
For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of "R6" (poor).
"RD"
Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.
"D"
Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following:
 
failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation;
 
the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor; or
 
the distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.
 
Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.
 
Issuers will be rated D upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of C to B ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation's documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the B or CCC-C categories.
 
 
Appendix A-8

 
 
Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations' documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation's documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch's published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.
 
Notes to International Long-Term and Short-Term ratings:
 
The modifiers "+" or "–" may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the AAA Long-term rating category, to categories below CCC, or to Short-term ratings other than F1. (The +/– modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)
 
Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as "Positive," indicating a potential upgrade, "Negative," for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving," if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.
 
Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are "stable" could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.
 
Program ratings (such as the those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e . those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.
 
Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term "put" or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.
 
Interest Only
 
Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.
 
Principal Only
 
Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.
 
Rate of Return
 
Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.
 
"PIF"
Paid-in-Full; denotes a security that is paid-in-full, matured, called, or refinanced.
"NR"
indicates that Fitch Ratings does not rate the issuer or issue in question.
"Withdrawn":
A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch Ratings deems sufficient.
 
 
 
Appendix A-9

 
NATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
 
National Ratings are an assessment of credit quality relative to the rating of the "best" credit risk in a country. This "best" risk will normally, although not always, be assigned to all financial commitments issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state.
 
A special identifier for the country concerned will be added at the end of all national ratings. For illustrative purposes, (xxx) has been used, in the table below.
 
"AAA(xxx)"
"AAA" national ratings denote the highest rating assigned in its national rating scale for that country. This rating is assigned to the "best" credit risk relative to all other issuers or issues in the same country and will normally be assigned to all financial commitments issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state.
"AA(xxx)"
"AA" national ratings denote a very strong credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. The credit risk inherent in these financial commitments differs only slightly from the country's highest rated issuers or issues.
"A(xxx)"
"A" national ratings denote a strong credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. However, changes in circumstances or economic conditions may affect the capacity for timely repayment of these financial commitments to a greater degree than for financial commitments denoted by a higher rated category.
"BBB(xxx)"
"BBB" national ratings denote an adequate credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. However, changes in circumstances or economic conditions are more likely to affect the capacity for timely repayment of these financial commitments than for financial commitments denoted by a higher rated category.
"BB(xxx)"
"BB" national ratings denote a fairly weak credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Within the context of the country, payment of these financial commitments is uncertain to some degree and capacity for timely repayment remains more vulnerable to adverse economic change over time.
"B(xxx)"
"B" national ratings denote a significantly weak credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Financial commitments are currently being met but a limited margin of safety remains and capacity for continued timely payments is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
"CCC(xxx),"
"CC(xxx),"
"C(xxx)"
These categories of national ratings denote an extremely weak credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments.
"DDD(xxx),"
"DD(xxx),"
"D(xxx)"
These categories of national ratings are assigned to entities or financial commitments which are currently in default.
 
INTERNATIONAL SHORT-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
 
The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. A Short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 13 months for most obligations, or up to three years for US public finance, in line with industry standards, to reflect unique risk characteristics of bond, tax, and revenue anticipation notes that are commonly issued with terms up to three years. Short-term ratings thus place greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.
 
 
Appendix A-10

 
 
 
"F1"
Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added "+" to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
"F2"
Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.
"F3"
Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.
"B"
Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
"C"
High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
"RD"
Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other obligations.
"D"
Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.
 
Notes to International Long-Term and Short-Term ratings:
 
The modifiers "+" or "–" may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the AAA Long-term rating category, to categories below CCC, or to Short-term ratings other than F1. (The +/– modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)
 
Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.
 
Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are "stable" could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.
 
Program ratings (such as those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e . those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.
 
Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term "put" or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.
 
Interest Only
 
Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.
 
 
Appendix A-11

 
 
Principal Only
 
Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.
 
Rate of Return
 
Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.
 
"PIF"
Paid-in-Full; denotes a security that is paid-in-full, matured, called, or refinanced.
"NR"
indicates that Fitch Ratings does not rate the issuer or issue in question.
"Withdrawn":
A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch Ratings deems sufficient.
 
NATIONAL SHORT-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
 
National Ratings are an assessment of credit quality relative to the rating of the "best" credit risk in a country. This "best" risk will normally, although not always, be assigned to all financial commitments issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state.
 
A special identifier for the country concerned will be added at the end of all national ratings. For illustrative purposes, (xxx) has been used, in the table below.
 
"F1(xxx)"
Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Under their national rating scale, this rating is assigned to the "best" credit risk relative to all others in the same country and is normally assigned to all financial commitments issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state. Where the credit risk is particularly strong, a "+" is added to the assigned rating.
"F2(xxx)"
Indicates a satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. However, the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.
"F3(xxx)"
Indicates an adequate capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. However, such capacity is more susceptible to near-term adverse changes than for financial commitments in higher rated categories.
"B(xxx)"
Indicates an uncertain capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Such capacity is highly susceptible to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
"C(xxx)"
Indicates a highly uncertain capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Capacity or meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
"D(xxx)"
Indicates actual or imminent payment default.
 
Note to National Short-Term ratings:
 
In certain countries, regulators have established credit rating scales, to be used within their domestic markets, using specific nomenclature. In these countries, our National Short-Term Ratings definitions for F1+(xxx), F1(xxx), F2(xxx) and F3(xxx) may be substituted by those regulatory scales, e.g. A1+, A1, A2 and A3.
 
 
Appendix A-12

 
 
APPENDIX B
 
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF STRATEGIC TRANSACTIONS
 
In order to manage the risk of its portfolio or to enhance income as described in the prospectus, the Funds (subject to the restrictions imposed by the PPIP) may engage in Strategic Transactions. The Funds may engage in such activities in the General Partner's or the board of trustees', as applicable, discretion, and may not necessarily be engaging in such activities when movements in interest rates that could affect the value of the assets of the Funds occur. The Funds' ability to pursue certain of these strategies may be limited by applicable regulations of the CFTC.  Moreover, the ability to pursue any and all of these strategies will be subject to any applicable restrictions imposed by the PPIP. Certain Strategic Transactions may give rise to taxable income.
 
Futures Contracts and Related Options
 
Characteristics.   The Funds may sell financial futures contracts or purchase put and call options on such futures as an offset against anticipated market movements. The sale of a futures contract creates an obligation by the Funds, as seller, to deliver the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specified future time for a specified price. Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities, except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put).
 
Margin Requirements.   At the time a futures contract is purchased or sold, the Funds must allocate cash or securities as a deposit payment ("initial margin"). It is expected that the initial margin that the Funds will pay may range from approximately 1% to approximately 5% of the value of the securities or commodities underlying the contract. In certain circumstances, however, such as periods of high volatility, the Funds may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment. Additionally, initial margin requirements may be increased generally in the future by regulatory action. An outstanding futures contract is valued daily and the payment in case of "variation margin" may be required, a process known as "marking to the market." Transactions in listed options and futures are usually settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, and are subject to the risk that the position may not be able to be closed if no offsetting transaction can be arranged.
 
Limitations on Use of Futures and Options on Futures.  The Funds' use of futures and options on futures will in all cases be consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and in particular the rules and regulations of the CFTC. The Funds currently may enter into such transactions without limit for bona fide strategic purposes, including risk management and duration management and other portfolio strategies. The Funds may also engage in transactions in futures contracts or related options for non-strategic purposes to enhance income or gain provided that the Funds will not enter into a futures contract or related option (except for closing transactions) for purposes other than bona fide strategic purposes, or risk management including duration management if, immediately thereafter, the sum of the amount of its respective initial deposits and premiums on open contracts and options would exceed 5% of the respective Fund's liquidation value, i.e., net assets (taken at current value); provided, however, that in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of the purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating the 5% limitation. The above policies are non-fundamental and may be changed by the General Partner or the board of trustees, as applicable, at any time. Also, when required, an account of cash equivalents designated on the books and records will be maintained and marked to market on a daily basis in an amount equal to the market value of the contract.
 
Segregation and Cover Requirements.  Futures contracts, interest rate swaps, caps, floors and collars, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, and listed or OTC options on securities, indices and futures contracts sold by the Funds are generally subject to segregation and coverage requirements of either the CFTC or the Securities and Exchange Commission, with the result that, if the Funds do not hold the security or futures contract underlying the instrument, the Funds will be required to designate on their books and records an ongoing basis cash, U.S. Government securities, or other liquid high grade debt obligations in an amount at least equal to the Funds' obligations with respect to such instruments. Such amounts fluctuate as the obligations increase or decrease. The segregation requirement can result in the Funds maintaining securities positions it would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or otherwise restrict portfolio management.
 
 
Appendix B-1

 
 
Strategic Transactions Present Certain Risks.  With respect to Strategic Transactions and risk management, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of strategic instruments and price movements in the position being offset create the possibility that losses using the strategy may be greater than gains in the value of the Funds' position. The same is true for such instruments entered into for income or gain. In addition, certain instruments and markets may not be liquid in all circumstances. As a result, in volatile markets, the Funds may not be able to close out a transaction without incurring losses substantially greater than the initial deposit. Although the contemplated use of these instruments predominantly for Strategic Transactions should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the position, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain which might result from an increase in the value of such position. The ability of the Funds to successfully utilize Strategic Transactions will depend on Investment Team's ability to predict pertinent market movements and sufficient correlations, which cannot be assured. Finally, the daily deposit requirements in futures contracts that the Funds have sold create an ongoing greater potential financial risk than do options transactions, where the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. Losses due to the use of Strategic Transactions will reduce net asset value.
 
Regulatory Considerations.  The Trust has claimed an exclusion from the term "commodity pool operator" under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.
 
 
Appendix B-2

 
 
APPENDIX C

 
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
FOR THE BLACKROCK-ADVISED FUNDS

 
I.
INTRODUCTION
 
The Trustees/Directors ("Directors") of the BlackRock-Advised Funds (the "Funds") have the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities of the Funds, and have determined that it is in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders to delegate that responsibility to BlackRock Advisors, LLC and its affiliated U.S. registered investment advisers ("BlackRock"), the investment adviser to the Funds, as part of BlackRock's authority to manage, acquire and dispose of account assets. The Directors hereby direct BlackRock to vote such proxies in accordance with this Policy, and any proxy voting guidelines that the Adviser determines are appropriate and in the best interests of the Funds' shareholders and which are consistent with the principles outlined in this Policy. The Directors have authorized BlackRock to utilize an unaffiliated third-party as its agent to vote portfolio proxies in accordance with this Policy and to maintain records of such portfolio proxy voting.
 
When BlackRock votes proxies for an advisory client that has delegated to BlackRock proxy voting authority, BlackRock acts as the client's agent. Under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the "Advisers Act"), an investment adviser is a fiduciary that owes each of its clients a duty of care and loyalty with respect to all services the adviser undertakes on the client's behalf, including proxy voting. BlackRock is therefore subject to a fiduciary duty to vote proxies in a manner BlackRock believes is consistent with the client's best interests.(1) When voting proxies for the Funds, BlackRock's primary objective is to make voting decisions solely in the best interests of the Funds' shareholders. In fulfilling its obligations to shareholders, BlackRock will seek to act in a manner that it believes is most likely to
 

(1)
Letter from Harvey L. Pitt, Chairman, SEC, to John P.M. Higgins, President, Ram Trust Services (February 12, 2002) (Section 206 of the Investment Advisers Act imposes a fiduciary responsibility to vote proxies fairly and in the best interests of clients); SEC Release No. IA-2106 (February 3, 2003).
 
enhance the economic value of the underlying securities held in client accounts.(2) It is imperative that BlackRock considers the interests of Fund shareholders, and not the interests of BlackRock, when voting proxies and that real (or perceived) material conflicts that may arise between BlackRock's interest and those of BlackRock's clients are properly addressed and resolved.
 

 
(cont'd from previous page)
(2)
Other considerations, such as social, labor, environmental or other policies, may be of interest to particular clients. While BlackRock is cognizant of the importance of such considerations, when voting proxies it will generally take such matters into account only to the extent that they have a direct bearing on the economic value of the underlying securities. To the extent that a BlackRock client, such as the Funds, desires to pursue a particular social, labor, environmental or other agenda through the proxy votes made for its securities held through BlackRock as investment adviser, BlackRock encourages the client to consider retaining direct proxy voting authority or to appoint independently a special proxy voting fiduciary other than BlackRock
 
Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-6 was adopted by the SEC in 2003 and requires, among other things, that an investment adviser that exercises voting authority over clients' proxy voting adopt policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interests of clients, discloses to its clients information about those policies and procedures and also discloses to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser has voted their proxies.
 
BlackRock has adopted separate but substantially similar guidelines and procedures that are consistent with the principles of this Policy. BlackRock's Equity Investment Policy Oversight Committee, or a sub-committee thereof (the "Committee"), addresses proxy voting issues on behalf of BlackRock and its clients, including the
 
 
Appendix C-1

 
 
Funds. The Committee is comprised of senior members of BlackRock's Portfolio Management and Administration Groups and is advised by BlackRock's Legal and Compliance Department.
 
II.
PROXY VOTING POLICIES
 
 
A.
Boards of Directors
 
These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders relating to the composition of the board of directors of companies other than investment companies. As a general matter, the Funds believe that a company's board of directors (rather than shareholders) is most likely to have access to important, nonpublic information regarding a company's business and prospects, and is therefore best-positioned to set corporate policy and oversee management. The Funds therefore believe that the foundation of good corporate governance is the election of qualified, independent corporate directors who are likely to diligently represent the interests of shareholders and oversee management of the corporation in a manner that will seek to maximize shareholder value over time. In individual cases, consideration may be given to a director nominee's history of representing shareholder interests as a director of other companies, or other factors to the extent deemed relevant by the Committee.
 
 
B.
Auditors
 
These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders related to the selection of auditors. As a general matter, the Funds believe that corporate auditors have a responsibility to represent the interests of shareholders and provide an independent view on the propriety of financial reporting decisions of corporate management. While the Funds anticipate that the Committee will generally defer to a corporation's choice of auditor, in individual cases, consideration may be given to an auditors' history of representing shareholder interests as auditor of other companies, to the extent deemed relevant.
 
 
C.
Compensation and Benefits
 
These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders related to management compensation and employee benefits. As a general matter, the Funds favor disclosure of a company's compensation and benefit policies and oppose excessive compensation, but believe that compensation matters are normally best determined by a corporation's board of directors, rather than shareholders. Proposals to "micro-manage" a company's compensation practices or to set arbitrary restrictions on compensation or benefits should therefore generally not be supported by the Committee.
 
 
D.
Capital Structure
 
These proposals relate to various requests, principally from management, for approval of amendments that would alter the capital structure of a company, such as an increase in authorized shares. As a general matter, the Funds expect that the Committee will support requests that it believes enhance the rights of common shareholders and oppose requests that appear to be unreasonably dilutive.
 
 
E.
Corporate Charter and By-Laws
 
These proposals relate to various requests for approval of amendments to a corporation's charter or by-laws, principally for the purpose of adopting or redeeming "poison pills". As a general matter, the Funds expect that the Committee will oppose poison pill provisions unless, after consultation with the portfolio managers, it is determined that supporting the poison pill is in the best interest of shareholders.
 
 
F.
Corporate Meetings
 
These are routine proposals relating to various requests regarding the formalities of corporate meetings. As a general matter, the Funds expect that the Committee will support company management except where the proposals are substantially duplicative or serve no legitimate business purpose.
 
 
Appendix C-2

 
 
 
G.
Investment Companies
 
These proposals relate to proxy issues that are associated solely with holdings of shares of investment companies, including, but not limited to, investment companies for which BlackRock provides investment advisory, administrative and/or other services. As with other types of companies, the Funds believe that an investment company's board of directors (rather than its shareholders) is best-positioned to set fund policy and oversee management. However, the Funds oppose granting boards of directors authority over certain matters, such as changes to a fund's investment objective, that the Investment Company Act of 1940 envisions will be approved directly by shareholders.
 
 
H.
Environmental and Social Issues
 
These are shareholder proposals to limit corporate conduct in some manner that relates to the shareholder's environmental or social concerns. The Funds generally believe that annual shareholder meetings are inappropriate forums for the discussion of larger social issues, and oppose shareholder resolutions "micro-managing" corporate conduct or requesting release of information that would not help a shareholder evaluate an investment in the corporation as an economic matter. While the Funds are generally supportive of proposals to require corporate disclosure of matters that seem relevant and material to the economic interests of shareholders, the Funds generally are not supportive of proposals to require disclosure of corporate matters for other purposes.
 
III.
REPORTS TO THE BOARD
 
BlackRock will report to the Directors on proxy votes it has made on behalf of the Funds at least annually.
 
 
 
Appendix C-3

 
 
PART C
 
OTHER INFORMATION
 
Item 25.     Financial Statements and Exhibits

 
(1)
Financial Statements
   
Part A—None.
   
Part B—Financial Statements.(2)
 
(2)
Exhibits
(a)
 
Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust.(1)
(b)
 
Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Trust.(1)
(c)
 
Inapplicable.
(d)
 
Form of Specimen Certificate for the Common Shares of the Trust.(2)
(e)
 
Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan.(2)
(f)
 
Credit Agreement Relating to the Treasury Debt Financing.
(g)
(1)
Form of Investment Management Agreement.(2)
 
(2)
Form of Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement.(2)
(h)
 
Form of Underwriting Agreement.(2)
(i)
 
Form of the BlackRock Closed-End Funds Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan.(2)
(j)
(1)
Form of Custody Agreement of the Trust.(2)
 
(2)
Form of Custody Agreement of the PPIF(2)
(k)
(1)
Transfer Agency Agreement.(2)
 
(2)
Form of Administrative Services Agreement.(2)
(l)
 
Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Trust.(2)
(m)
 
Inapplicable.
(n)
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consent.(2)
(o)
 
Inapplicable.
(p)
 
Form of Subscription Agreement.(2)
(q)
 
Inapplicable.
(r)
(1)
Code of Ethics of the Trust.(2)
 
(2)
Code of Ethics of                .(2)
 
(3)
Code of Ethics of the BAL and BFM.(2)
(s)
(1)
Power of Attorney.(1)
 
(2)
Certified Resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Registrant Regarding Power of Attorney.(1)

 
(1)  Filed herewith.
 
(2)  To be filed by amendment.
 
Item 26. Marketing Arrangements
 
Reference is made to the Form of Underwriting Agreement for the Registrant's common shares to be filed by amendment to this Registration Statement.
 
Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement:
 
 
C-1

 
 
Registration fees                                                                                                                 
$
NYSE listing fees                                                                                                                 
 
Printing (other than certificates)                                                                                                                 
 
Engraving and printing certificates                                                                                                                 
 
Accounting fees and expenses related to the offering                                                                                                                 
 
Legal fees and expenses related to the offering                                                                                                                 
 
FINRA fees                                                                                                                 
 
Miscellaneous (i.e., travel) related to the offering                                                                                                                 
 
Total                                                                                                                 
$
 
Item 28. Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with the Registrant
 
BlackRock              , L.P.
 
Item 29. Number of Holders of Shares
 
As of                      , 2009:
 
Title of Class
 
Number of Record Holders
Common Shares                                                                                                                 
   
 
Item 30. Indemnification
 
Article V of the Registrant's Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides as follows:
 
5.1           No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc.  No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
 
5.2           Mandatory Indemnification  (a)  The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a Trustee or officer of the Trust (each such person being an "indemnitee") against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as "disabling conduct"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to
 
 
C-2

 
 
be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.
 
(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither "interested persons" of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 "the 1940 Act") nor parties to the proceeding ("Disinterested Non-Party Trustees"), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.
 
(c)           The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee's good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
 
(d)           The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or Trustees who are "disinterested persons" (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled.
 
(e)           Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.
 
5.3           No Bond Required of Trustees.  No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder.
 
5.4           No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc.  No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.
 
 
C-3

 
 
5.5           Reliance on Experts, etc.  Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust's officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.
 
Reference is also made to Article 7 of the Underwriting Agreement, to be filed by amendment.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), may be permitted to Trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Trust, pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Trust has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Advisor
 
Not Applicable
 
Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records
 
The Registrant's accounts, books and other documents are currently located at the offices of the Registrant, c/o BlackRock Advisors, LLC, 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 and at the offices of BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and the Registrant's Custodian and Transfer Agent.
 
Item 33. Management Services
 
Not Applicable
 
Item 34. Undertakings
 
(1)           The Registrant hereby undertakes to suspend the offering of its common shares until it amends its prospectus if (a) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the Registration Statement or (b) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
 
(2)           Not applicable
 
(3)           Not applicable
 
(4)           Not applicable
 
(5)           (a)  For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497 (h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(b)  For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
 
C-4

 
 
(6)           The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information
 
 
C-5

 
 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 24th day of July, 2009.
 
 
     /s/ Donald Burke    
     Donald Burke
     President and Chief Executive Officer
 
                                           
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following person in the capacities set forth below on the 24th day of July, 2009.

Name
 
Title
     
 
/s/ Donald Burke
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Donald Burke
   
     
 
*
 
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
Neal Andrews
   
     
*
 
Trustee
G. Nicholas Beckwith, III
   
     
*
 
Trustee
Richard E. Cavanagh
   
     
*
 
Trustee
Richard S. Davis
   
     
*
 
Trustee
Kent Dixon
   
     
*
 
Trustee
Frank J. Fabozzi
   
     
*
 
Trustee
Kathleen F. Feldstein
   
     
*
 
Trustee
James T. Flynn
   
     
*
 
Trustee
Henry Gabbay
   
     
*
 
Trustee
Jerrold B. Harris
   
     
*
 
Trustee
R. Glenn Hubbard
   
     
*
 
Trustee
W. Carl Kester
   
     
 
 
 
C-6

 
 
 
*
 
Trustee
Karen P. Robards
   
     
*By: /s/   Donald Burke
 
Attorney-in-fact
Donald Burke
   
     

 
 
C-7

 
 
 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
(a)
 
Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust
(b)
 
Amended and Restated By Laws
(s)(1)   Power of Attorney
(s)(2)   Certified Resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Registrant Regarding Power of Attorney


C-8